-- ASN1START
 -- TAG-NR-RRC-DEFINITIONS-START
NR-RRC-Definitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::= 
BEGIN 
 -- TAG-NR-RRC-DEFINITIONS-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BCCH-BCH-MESSAGE-START
BCCH-BCH-Message ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    message                         BCCH-BCH-MessageType 
} 
BCCH-BCH-MessageType ::=        CHOICE { 
    mib                             MIB,
    messageClassExtension           SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- TAG-BCCH-BCH-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BCCH-DL-SCH-MESSAGE-START
BCCH-DL-SCH-Message ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    message                         BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType 
} 
BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType ::=     CHOICE { 
    c1                              CHOICE { 
        systemInformation               SystemInformation, 
        systemInformationBlockType1     SIB1 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension           SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- TAG-BCCH-DL-SCH-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DL-CCCH-MESSAGE-START
DL-CCCH-Message ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    message                         DL-CCCH-MessageType 
} 
DL-CCCH-MessageType ::=         CHOICE { 
    c1                              CHOICE { 
        rrcReject                       RRCReject, 
        rrcSetup                        RRCSetup, 
        spare2                          NULL,
        spare1                          NULL 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension           SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- TAG-DL-CCCH-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DL-DCCH-MESSAGE-START
DL-DCCH-Message ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    message                         DL-DCCH-MessageType 
} 
DL-DCCH-MessageType ::=         CHOICE { 
    c1                              CHOICE { 
        rrcReconfiguration              RRCReconfiguration, 
        rrcResume                       RRCResume, 
        rrcRelease                      RRCRelease, 
        rrcReestablishment              RRCReestablishment, 
        securityModeCommand             SecurityModeCommand, 
        dlInformationTransfer           DLInformationTransfer, 
        ueCapabilityEnquiry             UECapabilityEnquiry, 
        counterCheck                    CounterCheck, 
        mobilityFromNRCommand           MobilityFromNRCommand, 
        spare7 NULL,
        spare6 NULL,spare5 NULL,spare4 NULL,
        spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension   SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- TAG-DL-DCCH-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-PCCH-PCH-MESSAGE-START
PCCH-Message ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    message                         PCCH-MessageType 
} 
PCCH-MessageType ::=            CHOICE { 
    c1                              CHOICE { 
        paging                          Paging, 
        spare1  NULL 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension       SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- TAG-PCCH-PCH-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-UL-CCCH-MESSAGE-START
UL-CCCH-Message ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    message                         UL-CCCH-MessageType 
} 
UL-CCCH-MessageType ::=         CHOICE { 
    c1                              CHOICE { 
        rrcSetupRequest                 RRCSetupRequest, 
        rrcResumeRequest                RRCResumeRequest, 
        rrcReestablishmentRequest       RRCReestablishmentRequest, 
        rrcSystemInfoRequest            RRCSystemInfoRequest 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension           SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- TAG-UL-CCCH-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-UL-CCCH1-MESSAGE-START
UL-CCCH1-Message ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    message                         UL-CCCH1-MessageType 
} 
UL-CCCH1-MessageType ::=        CHOICE { 
    c1                              CHOICE { 
        rrcResumeRequest1               RRCResumeRequest1, 
        spare3 NULL,
        spare2 NULL,
        spare1 NULL 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- TAG-UL-CCCH1-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-UL-DCCH-MESSAGE-START
UL-DCCH-Message ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    message                         UL-DCCH-MessageType 
} 
UL-DCCH-MessageType ::=         CHOICE { 
    c1                              CHOICE { 
        measurementReport               MeasurementReport, 
        rrcReconfigurationComplete      RRCReconfigurationComplete, 
        rrcSetupComplete                RRCSetupComplete, 
        rrcReestablishmentComplete      RRCReestablishmentComplete, 
        rrcResumeComplete               RRCResumeComplete, 
        securityModeComplete            SecurityModeComplete, 
        securityModeFailure             SecurityModeFailure, 
        ulInformationTransfer           ULInformationTransfer, 
        locationMeasurementIndication   LocationMeasurementIndication, 
        ueCapabilityInformation         UECapabilityInformation, 
        counterCheckResponse            CounterCheckResponse, 
        ueAssistanceInformation         UEAssistanceInformation, 
        failureInformation              FailureInformation, 
        ulInformationTransferMRDC       ULInformationTransferMRDC, 
        scgFailureInformation           SCGFailureInformation, 
        scgFailureInformationEUTRA      SCGFailureInformationEUTRA 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension           SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- TAG-UL-DCCH-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-COUNTERCHECK-START
CounterCheck ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier       RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions              CHOICE { 
        counterCheck                    CounterCheck-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture        SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
CounterCheck-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
drb-CountMSB-InfoListIndicates the MSBs of the COUNT values of the DRBs.
           DRB-CountMSB-InfoList, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}                         OPTIONAL 
} 
DRB-CountMSB-InfoList ::=       SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-CountMSB-Info 
DRB-CountMSB-Info ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    drb-Identity                    DRB-Identity, 
    
countMSB-UplinkIndicates the value of 25 MSBs from TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
                 INTEGER(0..33554431),
    
countMSB-DownlinkIndicates the value of 25 MSBs from RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
               INTEGER(0..33554431)
} 
 -- TAG-COUNTERCHECK-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CounterCheck-IEs field descriptions
drb-CountMSB-InfoList
Indicates the MSBs of the COUNT values of the DRBs.


DRB-CountMSB-Info field descriptions
countMSB-Downlink
Indicates the value of 25 MSBs from RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
countMSB-Uplink
Indicates the value of 25 MSBs from TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-COUNTERCHECKRESPONSE-START
CounterCheckResponse ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier       RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions              CHOICE { 
        counterCheckResponse            CounterCheckResponse-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture        SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
CounterCheckResponse-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
drb-CountInfoListIndicates the COUNT values of the DRBs.
               DRB-CountInfoList, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}                         OPTIONAL 
} 
DRB-CountInfoList ::=           SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxDRB)) OF DRB-CountInfo 
DRB-CountInfo ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    drb-Identity                    DRB-Identity, 
    
count-UplinkIndicates the value of TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
                    INTEGER(0..4294967295),
    
count-DownlinkIndicates the value of RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
                  INTEGER(0..4294967295)
} 
 -- TAG-COUNTERCHECKRESPONSE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CounterCheckResponse-IEs field descriptions
drb-CountInfoList
Indicates the COUNT values of the DRBs.


DRB-CountInfo field descriptions
count-Downlink
Indicates the value of RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
count-Uplink
Indicates the value of TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DLINFORMATIONTRANSFER-START
DLInformationTransfer ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        dlInformationTransfer           DLInformationTransfer-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
DLInformationTransfer-IEs ::=   SEQUENCE { 
    dedicatedNAS-Message                DedicatedNAS-Message                OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-DLINFORMATIONTRANSFER-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-FAILUREINFORMATION-START
FailureInformation ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions             CHOICE { 
        failureInformation             FailureInformation-IEs, 
  criticalExtensionsFuture   SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
FailureInformation-IEs ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    failureInfoRLC-Bearer          FailureInfoRLC-Bearer    OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension       OCTET STRING   OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension           SEQUENCE {}    OPTIONAL 
} 
FailureInfoRLC-Bearer ::=      SEQUENCE { 
    cellGroupId                    CellGroupId, 
    logicalChannelIdentity         LogicalChannelIdentity, 
    failureType                    ENUMERATED {rlc-failure, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
} 
 -- TAG-FAILUREINFORMATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-LOCATIONMEASUREMENTINDICATION-START
LocationMeasurementIndication ::=   SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                      CHOICE { 
        locationMeasurementIndication               LocationMeasurementIndication-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                    SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
LocationMeasurementIndication-IEs ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    measurementIndication        SetupRelease {LocationMeasurementInfo}, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                     SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-LOCATIONMEASUREMENTINDICATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-MEASUREMENTREPORT-START
MeasurementReport ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        measurementReport                   MeasurementReport-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
MeasurementReport-IEs ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    measResults                         MeasResults, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-MEASUREMENTREPORT-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-MIB-START
MIB ::=                             SEQUENCE { 
    
systemFrameNumberThe 6 most significant bits (MSB) of the 10-bit System Frame Number (SFN). The 4 LSB of the SFN are conveyed in the PBCH transport block as part of channel coding (i.e. outside the MIBencoding), as defined in clause 7.1 in TS 38.212 [17].
                   BIT STRING (SIZE (6)), 
    
subCarrierSpacingCommonSubcarrier spacing for SIB1, Msg.2/4 for initial access, paging and broadcast SI-messages. If the UE acquires this MIB on an FR1 carrier frequency, the value scs15or60 corresponds to 15 kHz and the value scs30or120 corresponds to 30 kHz. If the UE acquires this MIB on an FR2 carrier frequency, the value scs15or60 corresponds to 60 kHz and the value scs30or120 corresponds to 120 kHz.
             ENUMERATED {scs15or60, scs30or120}, 
    
ssb-SubcarrierOffsetCorresponds to kSSB (see TS 38.213 [13]), which is the frequency domain offset between SSB and the overall resource block grid in number of subcarriers. (See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.3.1).
The value range of this field may be extended by an additional most significant bit encoded within PBCH as specified in TS 38.213 [13].
This field may indicate that this celldoes not provide SIB1 and that there is hence no CORESET#0 configured in MIB (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13). In this case, the field pdcch-ConfigSIB1 may indicate the frequency positions where the UE may (not) find a SS/PBCH with a control resource set and search space for SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
                INTEGER (0..15), 
    
dmrs-TypeA-PositionPosition of (first) DM-RS for downlink (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.2) and uplink (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.3).
                 ENUMERATED {pos2, pos3}, 
    
pdcch-ConfigSIB1Determines a common ControlResourceSet (CORESET), a common search space and necessary PDCCH parameters. If the field ssb-SubcarrierOffset indicates that SIB1 is absent, the field pdcch-ConfigSIB1 indicates the frequency positions where the UE may find SS/PBCH block with SIB1 or the frequency range where the network does not provide SS/PBCH block with SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
                    PDCCH-ConfigSIB1, 
    
cellBarredValue barred means that the cell is barred, as defined in TS 38.304 [20].
                          ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred}, 
    
intraFreqReselectionControls cell selection/reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by the UE, as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
                ENUMERATED {allowed, notAllowed}, 
    spare                               BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) 
} 
 -- TAG-MIB-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

MIB field descriptions
cellBarred
Value barred means that the cell is barred, as defined in TS 38.304 [20].
dmrs-TypeA-Position
Position of (first) DM-RS for downlink (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.2) and uplink (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.3).
intraFreqReselection
Controls cell selection/reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by the UE, as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
pdcch-ConfigSIB1
Determines a common ControlResourceSet (CORESET), a common search space and necessary PDCCH parameters. If the field ssb-SubcarrierOffset indicates that SIB1 is absent, the field pdcch-ConfigSIB1 indicates the frequency positions where the UE may find SS/PBCH block with SIB1 or the frequency range where the network does not provide SS/PBCH block with SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
ssb-SubcarrierOffset
Corresponds to kSSB (see TS 38.213 [13]), which is the frequency domain offset between SSB and the overall resource block grid in number of subcarriers. (See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.3.1).
The value range of this field may be extended by an additional most significant bit encoded within PBCH as specified in TS 38.213 [13].
This field may indicate that this celldoes not provide SIB1 and that there is hence no CORESET#0 configured in MIB (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13). In this case, the field pdcch-ConfigSIB1 may indicate the frequency positions where the UE may (not) find a SS/PBCH with a control resource set and search space for SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
subCarrierSpacingCommon
Subcarrier spacing for SIB1, Msg.2/4 for initial access, paging and broadcast SI-messages. If the UE acquires this MIB on an FR1 carrier frequency, the value scs15or60 corresponds to 15 kHz and the value scs30or120 corresponds to 30 kHz. If the UE acquires this MIB on an FR2 carrier frequency, the value scs15or60 corresponds to 60 kHz and the value scs30or120 corresponds to 120 kHz.
systemFrameNumber
The 6 most significant bits (MSB) of the 10-bit System Frame Number (SFN). The 4 LSB of the SFN are conveyed in the PBCH transport block as part of channel coding (i.e. outside the MIBencoding), as defined in clause 7.1 in TS 38.212 [17].

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-MOBILITYFROMNRCOMMAND-START
MobilityFromNRCommand ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
            mobilityFromNRCommand               MobilityFromNRCommand-IEs, 
            criticalExtensionsFuture                SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
MobilityFromNRCommand-IEs ::=   SEQUENCE { 
    
targetRAT-TypeIndicates the target RAT type.
                          ENUMERATED { eutra, spare3, spare2, spare1, ...}, 
    
targetRAT-MessageContainerThe field contains a message specified in another standard, as indicated by the targetRAT-Type, and carries information about the target cell identifier(s) and radio parameters relevant for the target radio access technology. A complete message is included, as specified in the other standard. See NOTE 1
              OCTET STRING,
    
nas-SecurityParamFromNRThis field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the NR to LTE/EPC handovers and a part of the downlink NAS COUNT as specified in TS 33.501 [11] and the content of the parameter is defined in TS 24.501 [23].
                 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,   -- Cond HO-ToEPC
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}                                 OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-MOBILITYFROMNRCOMMAND-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

MobilityFromNRCommand-IEs field descriptions
nas-SecurityParamFromNR
This field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the NR to LTE/EPC handovers and a part of the downlink NAS COUNT as specified in TS 33.501 [11] and the content of the parameter is defined in TS 24.501 [23].
targetRAT-MessageContainer
The field contains a message specified in another standard, as indicated by the targetRAT-Type, and carries information about the target cell identifier(s) and radio parameters relevant for the target radio access technology. A complete message is included, as specified in the other standard. See NOTE 1
targetRAT-Type
Indicates the target RAT type.


targetRAT-Type
Standard to apply
targetRAT-MessageContainer
eutra
TS 36.331 [10] (clause 5.4.2)
DL-DCCH-Message including theRRCConnectionReconfiguration



Conditional Presence
Explanation
HO-ToEPC
This field is mandatory present in case of inter system handover. Otherwise it is absent.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-PAGING-START
Paging ::=                          SEQUENCE { 
    pagingRecordList                        PagingRecordList                                                        OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
PagingRecordList ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofPageRec)) OF PagingRecord 
PagingRecord ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    ue-Identity                         PagingUE-Identity, 
    
accessTypeIndicates whether thePagingmessage is originated due to the PDU sessions from the non-3GPP access.
                          ENUMERATED {non3GPP}    OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    ... 
} 
PagingUE-Identity ::=               CHOICE { 
    ng-5G-S-TMSI                        NG-5G-S-TMSI, 
 fullI-RNTI                          I-RNTI-Value, 
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-PAGING-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

PagingRecord field descriptions
accessType
Indicates whether thePagingmessage is originated due to the PDU sessions from the non-3GPP access.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENT-START
RRCReestablishment ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        rrcReestablishment                  RRCReestablishment-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCReestablishment-IEs ::=          SEQUENCE { 
    nextHopChainingCount                NextHopChainingCount, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                         OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENT-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENTCOMPLETE-START
RRCReestablishmentComplete ::=      SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        rrcReestablishmentComplete          RRCReestablishmentComplete-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCReestablishmentComplete-IEs ::=  SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                     OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENTCOMPLETE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENTREQUEST-START
RRCReestablishmentRequest ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    rrcReestablishmentRequest           RRCReestablishmentRequest-IEs 
} 
RRCReestablishmentRequest-IEs ::=   SEQUENCE { 
    
ue-IdentityUE identity included to retrieve UE context and to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
                         ReestabUE-Identity, 
    
reestablishmentCauseIndicates the failure cause that triggered the re-establishment procedure. gNB is not expected to reject a RRCReestablishmentRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
                ReestablishmentCause, 
    spare                               BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) 
} 
ReestabUE-Identity ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    c-RNTI                              RNTI-Value, 
    
physCellIdThe Physical Cell Identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to the failure.
                          PhysCellId, 
    shortMAC-I                          ShortMAC-I 
} 
ReestablishmentCause ::=            ENUMERATED {reconfigurationFailure, handoverFailure, otherFailure, spare1} 
 -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENTREQUEST-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

ReestabUE-Identity field descriptions
physCellId
The Physical Cell Identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to the failure.


RRCReestablishmentRequest-IEs field descriptions
reestablishmentCause
Indicates the failure cause that triggered the re-establishment procedure. gNB is not expected to reject a RRCReestablishmentRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to retrieve UE context and to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATION-START
RRCReconfiguration ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        rrcReconfiguration                  RRCReconfiguration-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCReconfiguration-IEs ::=          SEQUENCE { 
    
radioBearerConfigConfiguration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. In (NG)EN-DC, this field may only be present if the RRCReconfiguration is transmitted over SRB3.
                       RadioBearerConfig                                                      OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
secondaryCellGroupConfiguration of secondary cell group ((NG)EN-DC or NR-DC).This field can only be present in an RRCReconfiguration message is transmitted on SRB3, and in an RRCReconfiguration message contained in another RRCReconfiguration message (or RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, see TS 36.331 [10]) transmitted on SRB1.
                      OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig)                              OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    measConfig                              MeasConfig                                                             OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    RRCReconfiguration-v1530-IEs                                           OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCReconfiguration-v1530-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
masterCellGroupConfiguration of master cell group.
                         OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig)                              OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
fullConfigIndicates that the full configuration option is applicable for the RRCReconfiguration message for intra-system intra-RAT HO. For inter-RAT HO from E-UTRA to NR, fullConfig indicates whether or not delta signalling of SDAP/PDCP from source RAT is applicable.This field is absent when the RRCReconfiguration message is transmitted on SRB3, and in an RRCReconfiguration message contained in another RRCReconfiguration message (or RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, see TS 36.331 [10]) transmitted on SRB1.
                              ENUMERATED {true}                                                      OPTIONAL, -- Cond FullConfig
    
dedicatedNAS-MessageListThis field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for each PDU in the list. 
                SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxDRB)) OF DedicatedNAS-Message                     OPTIONAL, -- Cond nonHO
    masterKeyUpdate                         MasterKeyUpdate                                                        OPTIONAL, -- Cond MasterKeyChange
    
dedicatedSIB1-DeliveryThis field is used to transfer SIB1 to the UE.The field has the same values as the corresponding configuration in servingCellConfigCommon.
                  OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SIB1)                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
dedicatedSystemInformationDeliveryThis field is used to transfer SIB6, SIB7, SIB8 to the UE.
      OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformation)                            OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
otherConfigContains configuration related to other configurations.
                             OtherConfig                                                            OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    nonCriticalExtension                    RRCReconfiguration-v1540-IEs  OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCReconfiguration-v1540-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    otherConfig-v1540                       OtherConfig-v1540  OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    nonCriticalExtension                    RRCReconfiguration-v1560-IEs OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCReconfiguration-v1560-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig               SetupRelease { MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig }                    OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
radioBearerConfig2Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. This field can only be used if the UE supports NR-DC or NE-DC.
                          OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RadioBearerConfig)                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
sk-CounterA counter used upon initial configuration of S-KgNB or S-KeNB, as well as upon refresh of S-KgNB or S-KeNB. This field is always included either upon initial configuration of an NR SCG or upon configuration of the first RB with keyToUse set to secondary, whichever happens first. This field is absent if there is neither any NR SCG nor any RB with keyToUse set to secondary.
                                  SK-Counter                                                        OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    nonCriticalExtension                        SEQUENCE {}                                                       OPTIONAL 
} 
MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    
mrdc-ReleaseAndAddThis field indicates that the current SCG configuration is released and a new SCG is added at the same time.
                  ENUMERATED {true}                                                         OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupIncludes an RRC message for SCG configuration in NR-DC or NE-DC.For NR-DC (nr-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup contains the RRCReconfiguration message as generated (entirely) by SN gNB. In this version of the specification, the RRC message can only include fields secondaryCellGroup and measConfig.
For NE-DC (eutra-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRC message can only include the field scg-Configuration.
             CHOICE { 
        nr-SCG                              OCTET STRING  (CONTAINING RRCReconfiguration), 
        eutra-SCG                           OCTET STRING 
    } 
} 
MasterKeyUpdate ::=                 SEQUENCE { 
    
keySetChangeIndicatorIndicates whether UE shall derive a new KgNB. If reconfigurationWithSync is included, value trueindicates that a KgNB key is derived from a KAMF key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, or N2 handover procedure with KAMF change, as described in TS 33.501 [11] for KgNB re-keying. Value falseindicates that the new KgNB key is obtained from the current KgNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.501 [11].
           BOOLEAN,
    
nextHopChainingCountParameter NCC: See TS 33.501 [11]
            NextHopChainingCount, 
    
nas-ContainerThis field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this field, although it affects activation of AS security after inter-system handover to NR. The content is defined in TS 24.501 [23].
                   OCTET STRING  OPTIONAL,    -- Cond securityNASC
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCReconfiguration-IEs field descriptions
dedicatedNAS-MessageList
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for each PDU in the list. 
dedicatedSIB1-Delivery
This field is used to transfer SIB1 to the UE.The field has the same values as the corresponding configuration in servingCellConfigCommon.
dedicatedSystemInformationDelivery
This field is used to transfer SIB6, SIB7, SIB8 to the UE.
fullConfig
Indicates that the full configuration option is applicable for the RRCReconfiguration message for intra-system intra-RAT HO. For inter-RAT HO from E-UTRA to NR, fullConfig indicates whether or not delta signalling of SDAP/PDCP from source RAT is applicable.This field is absent when the RRCReconfiguration message is transmitted on SRB3, and in an RRCReconfiguration message contained in another RRCReconfiguration message (or RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, see TS 36.331 [10]) transmitted on SRB1.
keySetChangeIndicator
Indicates whether UE shall derive a new KgNB. If reconfigurationWithSync is included, value trueindicates that a KgNB key is derived from a KAMF key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, or N2 handover procedure with KAMF change, as described in TS 33.501 [11] for KgNB re-keying. Value falseindicates that the new KgNB key is obtained from the current KgNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.501 [11].
masterCellGroup
Configuration of master cell group.
mrdc-ReleaseAndAdd
This field indicates that the current SCG configuration is released and a new SCG is added at the same time.
mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup
Includes an RRC message for SCG configuration in NR-DC or NE-DC.For NR-DC (nr-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup contains the RRCReconfiguration message as generated (entirely) by SN gNB. In this version of the specification, the RRC message can only include fields secondaryCellGroup and measConfig.
For NE-DC (eutra-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRC message can only include the field scg-Configuration.
nas-Container
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this field, although it affects activation of AS security after inter-system handover to NR. The content is defined in TS 24.501 [23].
nextHopChainingCount
Parameter NCC: See TS 33.501 [11]
otherConfig
Contains configuration related to other configurations.
radioBearerConfig
Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. In (NG)EN-DC, this field may only be present if the RRCReconfiguration is transmitted over SRB3.
radioBearerConfig2
Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. This field can only be used if the UE supports NR-DC or NE-DC.
secondaryCellGroup
Configuration of secondary cell group ((NG)EN-DC or NR-DC).This field can only be present in an RRCReconfiguration message is transmitted on SRB3, and in an RRCReconfiguration message contained in another RRCReconfiguration message (or RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, see TS 36.331 [10]) transmitted on SRB1.
sk-Counter
A counter used upon initial configuration of S-KgNB or S-KeNB, as well as upon refresh of S-KgNB or S-KeNB. This field is always included either upon initial configuration of an NR SCG or upon configuration of the first RB with keyToUse set to secondary, whichever happens first. This field is absent if there is neither any NR SCG nor any RB with keyToUse set to secondary.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
nonHO
The field is absent in case of reconfiguration with sync within NR or to NR; otherwise it is optionally present, need N.
securityNASC
This field is mandatory present in case of inter system handover. Otherwise the field is optionally present, need N.
MasterKeyChange
This field is mandatory present in case masterCellGroup includes ReconfigurationWithSync and RadioBearerConfig includes SecurityConfig with SecurityAlgorithmConfig, indicating a change of the AS security algorithms associated to the master key. If ReconfigurationWithSync is included for other cases, this field is optionally present, need N.Otherwise the field is absent.
FullConfig
The field is mandatory present in case of inter-system handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR.It is optionally present, Need N, during reconfiguration with sync and also in first reconfiguration after reestablishment; or for intra-system handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR. It is absent otherwise.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETE-START
RRCReconfigurationComplete ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier                   RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                          CHOICE { 
        rrcReconfigurationComplete                  RRCReconfigurationComplete-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                    SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCReconfigurationComplete-IEs ::=          SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                    OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1530-IEs                                    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1530-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
uplinkTxDirectCurrentListThe Tx Direct Current locations for the configured serving cells and BWPs if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent in CellGroupConfig).
                   UplinkTxDirectCurrentList                                               OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1560-IEs OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1560-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
scg-ResponseIn case of NR-DC (nr-SCG-Response), this field includes the RRCReconfigurationComplete message. In case of NE-DC (eutra-SCG-Response), this field includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
                                CHOICE { 
        nr-SCG-Response                                 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfigurationComplete), 
        eutra-SCG-Response                              OCTET STRING 
    }                                                                                                                   OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        SEQUENCE {}                                                             OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCReconfigurationComplete-IEs field descriptions
scg-Response
In case of NR-DC (nr-SCG-Response), this field includes the RRCReconfigurationComplete message. In case of NE-DC (eutra-SCG-Response), this field includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
uplinkTxDirectCurrentList
The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured serving cells and BWPs if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent in CellGroupConfig).

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCREJECT-START
RRCReject ::=                       SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        rrcReject                           RRCReject-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCReject-IEs ::=                   SEQUENCE { 
    
waitTimeWait time value in seconds. The field is always included.
                            RejectWaitTime                                                          OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCREJECT-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCReject-IEs field descriptions
waitTime
Wait time value in seconds. The field is always included.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCRELEASE-START
RRCRelease ::=                      SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        rrcRelease                          RRCRelease-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCRelease-IEs ::=                  SEQUENCE { 
    
redirectedCarrierInfoIndicates a carrier frequency (downlink for FDD) and is used to redirect the UE to an NR or an inter-RAT carrier frequency, by means of cell selection at transition to RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE as specified in TS 38.304 [20]. In this release of specification, redirectedCarrierInfois not included in an RRCRelease message with suspendConfig if this message is in response to an RRCResumeRequest or an RRCResumeRequest1 which is triggered by the NAS layer.
               RedirectedCarrierInfo                                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    cellReselectionPriorities           CellReselectionPriorities                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
suspendConfigIndicates configuration for the RRC_INACTIVE state. The network does not configure suspendConfig when the network redirect the UE to an inter-RAT carrier frequency.
                       SuspendConfig                                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
deprioritisationReqIndicates whether the current frequency or RAT is to be de-prioritised.
                 SEQUENCE { 
        deprioritisationType                ENUMERATED {frequency, nr}, 
        
deprioritisationTimerIndicates the period for which either the current carrier frequency or NR is deprioritised. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
               ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min15, min30} 
    }                                                                                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    RRCRelease-v1540-IEs OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCRelease-v1540-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    waitTime                           RejectWaitTime                OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    nonCriticalExtension               SEQUENCE {}                   OPTIONAL 
} 
RedirectedCarrierInfo ::=           CHOICE { 
    nr                                  CarrierInfoNR, 
    eutra                               RedirectedCarrierInfo-EUTRA, 
    ... 
} 
RedirectedCarrierInfo-EUTRA ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    eutraFrequency                          ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
    
cnTypeIndicate that the UE is redirected to EPC or 5GC.
                               ENUMERATED {epc,fiveGC}                                             OPTIONAL  -- Need N
} 
CarrierInfoNR ::=                   SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqIndicates the redirected NR frequency.
                         ARFCN-ValueNR, 
    
ssbSubcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing of SSB in the redirected SSB frequency. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
                SubcarrierSpacing, 
    
smtcThe SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration for the redirected SSB frequency. It is based on timing reference of PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing.
                                SSB-MTC                                                                 OPTIONAL,      -- Need S
    ... 
} 
SuspendConfig ::=                   SEQUENCE { 
    fullI-RNTI                          I-RNTI-Value, 
    shortI-RNTI                         ShortI-RNTI-Value, 
    
ran-PagingCycleRefers to the UE specific cycle for RAN-initiated paging. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, value rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
                     PagingCycle, 
    
ran-NotificationAreaInfoNetwork ensures that the UE in RRC_INACTIVE always has a valid ran-NotificationAreaInfo.
            RAN-NotificationAreaInfo                                                OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
t380Refers to the timer that triggers the periodic RNAU procedure in UE. Value min5 corresponds to 5 minutes, value min10 corresponds to 10 minutes and so on.
                                PeriodicRNAU-TimerValue                                                 OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    nextHopChainingCount                NextHopChainingCount, 
    ... 
} 
PeriodicRNAU-TimerValue ::=         ENUMERATED { min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, min120, min360, min720} 
CellReselectionPriorities ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    freqPriorityListEUTRA               FreqPriorityListEUTRA                                                   OPTIONAL,       -- Need M
    freqPriorityListNR                  FreqPriorityListNR                                                      OPTIONAL,       -- Need M
    t320                                ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, min120, min180, spare1}   OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
    ... 
} 
PagingCycle ::=                     ENUMERATED {rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256} 
FreqPriorityListEUTRA ::=           SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA 
FreqPriorityListNR ::=              SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityNR 
FreqPriorityEUTRA ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqIndicates the redirected NR frequency.
                         ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
    cellReselectionPriority             CellReselectionPriority, 
    cellReselectionSubPriority          CellReselectionSubPriority                                              OPTIONAL  -- Need R
} 
FreqPriorityNR ::=                  SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqIndicates the redirected NR frequency.
                         ARFCN-ValueNR, 
    cellReselectionPriority             CellReselectionPriority, 
    cellReselectionSubPriority          CellReselectionSubPriority                                              OPTIONAL  -- Need R
} 
RAN-NotificationAreaInfo ::=        CHOICE { 
    
cellListA list of cells configured as RAN area.
                            PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList, 
    
ran-AreaConfigListA list of RAN area codes or RA code(s) as RAN area.
                  PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList, 
    ... 
} 
PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList ::=           SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMNIdentities)) OF PLMN-RAN-AreaCell 
PLMN-RAN-AreaCell ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityPLMN Identity to which the cells in ran-AreaCells belong. If the field is absent the UE uses the ID of the registered PLMN.
                       PLMN-Identity                                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
ran-AreaCellsThe total number of cells of all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
                       SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF  CellIdentity 
} 
PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList ::=         SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMNIdentities)) OF PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig 
PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityPLMN Identity to which the cells in ran-AreaCells belong. If the field is absent the UE uses the ID of the registered PLMN.
                       PLMN-Identity                                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
ran-AreaIndicates whether TA code(s) or RAN area code(s) are used for the RAN notification area. The network uses only TA code(s) or both TA code(s) and RAN area code(s) to configure a UE. The total number of TACs across all PLMNs does not exceed 16.
                            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF  RAN-AreaConfig 
} 
RAN-AreaConfig ::=                  SEQUENCE { 
    trackingAreaCode            TrackingAreaCode, 
    
ran-AreaCodeListThe total number of RAN-AreaCodes of all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF  RAN-AreaCode        OPTIONAL  -- Need R
} 
 -- TAG-RRCRELEASE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCRelease-IEs field descriptions
cnType
Indicate that the UE is redirected to EPC or 5GC.
deprioritisationReq
Indicates whether the current frequency or RAT is to be de-prioritised.
deprioritisationTimer
Indicates the period for which either the current carrier frequency or NR is deprioritised. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
suspendConfig
Indicates configuration for the RRC_INACTIVE state. The network does not configure suspendConfig when the network redirect the UE to an inter-RAT carrier frequency.
redirectedCarrierInfo
Indicates a carrier frequency (downlink for FDD) and is used to redirect the UE to an NR or an inter-RAT carrier frequency, by means of cell selection at transition to RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE as specified in TS 38.304 [20]. In this release of specification, redirectedCarrierInfois not included in an RRCRelease message with suspendConfig if this message is in response to an RRCResumeRequest or an RRCResumeRequest1 which is triggered by the NAS layer.


CarrierInfoNR field descriptions
carrierFreq
Indicates the redirected NR frequency.
ssbSubcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing of SSB in the redirected SSB frequency. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration for the redirected SSB frequency. It is based on timing reference of PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing.


RAN-NotificationAreaInfo field descriptions
cellList
A list of cells configured as RAN area.
ran-AreaConfigList
A list of RAN area codes or RA code(s) as RAN area.


PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig field descriptions
plmn-Identity
PLMN Identity to which the cells in ran-Area belong. If the field is absent the UE uses the ID of the registered PLMN.
ran-AreaCodeList
The total number of RAN-AreaCodes of all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
ran-Area
Indicates whether TA code(s) or RAN area code(s) are used for the RAN notification area. The network uses only TA code(s) or both TA code(s) and RAN area code(s) to configure a UE. The total number of TACs across all PLMNs does not exceed 16.


PLMN-RAN-AreaCell field descriptions
plmn-Identity
PLMN Identity to which the cells in ran-AreaCells belong. If the field is absent the UE uses the ID of the registered PLMN.
ran-AreaCells
The total number of cells of all PLMNs does not exceed 32.


SuspendConfig field descriptions
ran-NotificationAreaInfo
Network ensures that the UE in RRC_INACTIVE always has a valid ran-NotificationAreaInfo.
ran-PagingCycle
Refers to the UE specific cycle for RAN-initiated paging. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, value rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
t380
Refers to the timer that triggers the periodic RNAU procedure in UE. Value min5 corresponds to 5 minutes, value min10 corresponds to 10 minutes and so on.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCRESUME-START
RRCResume ::=                       SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        rrcResume                           RRCResume-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCResume-IEs ::=                   SEQUENCE { 
    
radioBearerConfigConfiguration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP.
                   RadioBearerConfig                                                       OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
masterCellGroupConfiguration of the master cell group.
                     OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig)                               OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    measConfig                          MeasConfig                                                              OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    fullConfig                          ENUMERATED {true}                                                       OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCResume-v1560-IEs OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCResume-v1560-IEs ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    
radioBearerConfig2Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. This field can only be used if the UE supports NR-DC or NE-DC.
                  OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RadioBearerConfig)                             OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
sk-CounterA counter used to derive S-KgNB or S-KeNB based on the newly derived KgNB during RRC Resume. The field is only included when there is one or more RB with keyToUse set to secondary. 
                          SK-Counter                                                              OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCRESUME-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCResume-IEs field descriptions
masterCellGroup
Configuration of the master cell group.
radioBearerConfig
Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP.
radioBearerConfig2
Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. This field can only be used if the UE supports NR-DC or NE-DC.
sk-Counter
A counter used to derive S-KgNB or S-KeNB based on the newly derived KgNB during RRC Resume. The field is only included when there is one or more RB with keyToUse set to secondary. 

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCRESUMECOMPLETE-START
RRCResumeComplete ::=                   SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier               RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                      CHOICE { 
        rrcResumeComplete                       RRCResumeComplete-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCResumeComplete-IEs ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    dedicatedNAS-Message                    DedicatedNAS-Message                         OPTIONAL,
    
selectedPLMN-IdentityIndex of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityInfoList fields included in SIB1.
                   INTEGER (1..maxPLMN)                     OPTIONAL,
    
uplinkTxDirectCurrentListThe Tx Direct Current locations for the configured serving cells and BWPs if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent in CellGroupConfig).
               UplinkTxDirectCurrentList                                               OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCRESUMECOMPLETE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCResumeComplete-IEs field descriptions
selectedPLMN-Identity
Index of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityInfoList fields included in SIB1.
uplinkTxDirectCurrentList
The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured serving cells and BWPs if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent in CellGroupConfig).

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCRESUMEREQUEST-START
RRCResumeRequest ::=            SEQUENCE { 
        rrcResumeRequest            RRCResumeRequest-IEs 
} 
RRCResumeRequest-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
resumeIdentityUE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at gNB.
                  ShortI-RNTI-Value, 
    
resumeMAC-IAuthentication token to facilitate UE authentication at gNB. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the AS security configuration as specified in 5.3.13.3.
                     BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
resumeCauseProvides the resume cause for the RRC connection resume request as provided by the upper layers or RRC. The network is not expected to reject anRRCResumeRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
                     ResumeCause, 
    spare                           BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCRESUMEREQUEST-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCResumeRequest-IEs field descriptions
resumeCause
Provides the resume cause for the RRC connection resume request as provided by the upper layers or RRC. The network is not expected to reject anRRCResumeRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
resumeIdentity
UE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at gNB.
resumeMAC-I
Authentication token to facilitate UE authentication at gNB. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the AS security configuration as specified in 5.3.13.3.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCRESUMEREQUEST1-START
RRCResumeRequest1 ::= SEQUENCE { 
       rrcResumeRequest1      RRCResumeRequest1-IEs 
} 
RRCResumeRequest1-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
resumeIdentityUE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at gNB.
               I-RNTI-Value, 
    
resumeMAC-IAuthentication token to facilitate UE authentication at gNB. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the AS security configuration as specified in 5.3.13.3.
                  BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
resumeCauseProvides the resume cause for theRRCResumeRequest1 as provided by the upper layers or RRC. A gNB is not expected to reject anRRCResumeRequest1 due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
                  ResumeCause, 
    spare                        BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCRESUMEREQUEST1-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCResumeRequest1-IEs field descriptions
resumeCause
Provides the resume cause for theRRCResumeRequest1 as provided by the upper layers or RRC. A gNB is not expected to reject anRRCResumeRequest1 due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
resumeIdentity
UE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at gNB.
resumeMAC-I
Authentication token to facilitate UE authentication at gNB. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the AS security configuration as specified in 5.3.13.3.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCSETUP-START
RRCSetup ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        rrcSetup                            RRCSetup-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCSetup-IEs ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
radioBearerConfigOnly SRB1 can be configured in RRC setup.
                   RadioBearerConfig, 
    
masterCellGroupThe network configures only the RLC bearer for the SRB1, mac-CellGroupConfig, physicalCellGroupConfig and spCellConfig.
                     OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig), 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCSETUP-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCSetup-IEs field descriptions
masterCellGroup
The network configures only the RLC bearer for the SRB1, mac-CellGroupConfig, physicalCellGroupConfig and spCellConfig.
radioBearerConfig
Only SRB1 can be configured in RRC setup.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCSETUPCOMPLETE-START
RRCSetupComplete ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        rrcSetupComplete                    RRCSetupComplete-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCSetupComplete-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
selectedPLMN-IdentityIndex of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityInfoList fields included in SIB1.
               INTEGER (1..maxPLMN), 
    
registeredAMFThis field is used to transfer the GUAMI of the AMF where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers, see TS 23.003 [21].
                       RegisteredAMF                                   OPTIONAL,
    
guami-TypeThis field is used to indicate whether the GUAMI included is native (derived from native 5G-GUTI) or mapped (from EPS, derived from EPS GUTI) as specified in TS 24.501 [23].
                          ENUMERATED {native, mapped}                     OPTIONAL,
    s-NSSAI-List                        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofS-NSSAI)) OF S-NSSAI  OPTIONAL,
    dedicatedNAS-Message                DedicatedNAS-Message, 
    ng-5G-S-TMSI-Value                  CHOICE { 
        ng-5G-S-TMSI                        NG-5G-S-TMSI, 
        
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part2The leftmost 9 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
                  BIT STRING (SIZE (9)) 
    }                                                                                   OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                      OPTIONAL 
} 
RegisteredAMF ::=                   SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-Identity                       PLMN-Identity                                   OPTIONAL,
    amf-Identifier                      AMF-Identifier 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCSETUPCOMPLETE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCSetupComplete-IEs field descriptions
guami-Type
This field is used to indicate whether the GUAMI included is native (derived from native 5G-GUTI) or mapped (from EPS, derived from EPS GUTI) as specified in TS 24.501 [23].
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part2
The leftmost 9 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
registeredAMF
This field is used to transfer the GUAMI of the AMF where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers, see TS 23.003 [21].
selectedPLMN-Identity
Index of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityInfoList fields included in SIB1.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCSETUPREQUEST-START
RRCSetupRequest ::=                 SEQUENCE { 
    rrcSetupRequest                     RRCSetupRequest-IEs 
} 
RRCSetupRequest-IEs ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    
ue-IdentityUE identity included to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
                         InitialUE-Identity, 
    
establishmentCauseProvides the establishment cause for the RRCSetupRequest in accordance with the information received from upper layers. gNB is not expected to reject anRRCSetupRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
                  EstablishmentCause, 
    spare                               BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) 
} 
InitialUE-Identity ::=              CHOICE { 
    
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part1The rightmost 39 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
                  BIT STRING (SIZE (39)), 
    
randomValueInteger value in the range 0 to 239– 1.
                         BIT STRING (SIZE (39)) 
} 
EstablishmentCause ::=              ENUMERATED { 
                                        emergency, highPriorityAccess, mt-Access, mo-Signalling, 
                                        mo-Data, mo-VoiceCall, mo-VideoCall, mo-SMS, mps-PriorityAccess, mcs-PriorityAccess, 
                                        spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
 -- TAG-RRCSETUPREQUEST-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCSetupRequest-IEs field descriptions
establishmentCause
Provides the establishment cause for the RRCSetupRequest in accordance with the information received from upper layers. gNB is not expected to reject anRRCSetupRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.


InitialUE-Identity field descriptions
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part1
The rightmost 39 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
randomValue
Integer value in the range 0 to 239– 1.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-RRCSYSTEMINFOREQUEST-START
RRCSystemInfoRequest ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        rrcSystemInfoRequest             RRCSystemInfoRequest-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCSystemInfoRequest-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
requested-SI-ListContains a list of requested SI messages. According to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList in si-SchedulingInfo in SIB1, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on.
                   BIT STRING (SIZE (maxSI-Message)),   --32bits
    spare                               BIT STRING (SIZE (12)) 
} 
 -- TAG-RRCSYSTEMINFOREQUEST-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

RRCSystemInfoRequest-IEs field descriptions
requested-SI-List
Contains a list of requested SI messages. According to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList in si-SchedulingInfo in SIB1, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SCGFAILUREINFORMATION-START
SCGFailureInformation ::=                 SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                         CHOICE { 
        scgFailureInformation                     SCGFailureInformation-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                 SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SCGFailureInformation-IEs ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    failureReportSCG                              FailureReportSCG             OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                         SCGFailureInformation-v1590-IEs OPTIONAL 
} 
SCGFailureInformation-v1590-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
 lateNonCriticalExtension              OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
 nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL 
} 
FailureReportSCG ::=                       SEQUENCE { 
    failureType                                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                           t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem, 
                                                           rlc-MaxNumRetx, 
                                                           synchReconfigFailureSCG, scg-ReconfigFailure, 
                                                           srb3-IntegrityFailure,  spare2, spare1}, 
    
measResultFreqListThe field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
                           MeasResultFreqList                       OPTIONAL,
    
measResultSCG-FailureThe field contains the MeasResultSCG-Failure IE which includes available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the NR SCG RRCReconfiguration message.
                       OCTET STRING (CONTAINING MeasResultSCG-Failure)                              OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
MeasResultFreqList ::=               SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2NR 
 -- TAG-SCGFAILUREINFORMATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SCGFailureInformation field descriptions
measResultFreqList
The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
measResultSCG-Failure
The field contains the MeasResultSCG-Failure IE which includes available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the NR SCG RRCReconfiguration message.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SCGFAILUREINFORMATIONEUTRA-START
SCGFailureInformationEUTRA ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                                CHOICE { 
        scgFailureInformationEUTRA                       SCGFailureInformationEUTRA-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                          SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SCGFailureInformationEUTRA-IEs ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    failureReportSCG-EUTRA                           FailureReportSCG-EUTRA                      OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                              SCGFailureInformationEUTRA-v1590-IEs  OPTIONAL 
} 
SCGFailureInformationEUTRA-v1590-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
 lateNonCriticalExtension                  OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
 nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL 
} 
FailureReportSCG-EUTRA ::=                     SEQUENCE { 
    failureType                                          ENUMERATED { 
                                                                t313-Expiry, randomAccessProblem, 
                                                                rlc-MaxNumRetx, scg-ChangeFailure, spare4, 
                                                                spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    measResultFreqListMRDC                            MeasResultFreqListFailMRDC                OPTIONAL,
    measResultSCG-FailureMRDC                        OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
MeasResultFreqListFailMRDC ::=      SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA 
 -- TAG-SCGFAILUREINFORMATIONEUTRA-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SECURITYMODECOMMAND-START
SecurityModeCommand ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        securityModeCommand                 SecurityModeCommand-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SecurityModeCommand-IEs ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    securityConfigSMC                   SecurityConfigSMC, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
SecurityConfigSMC ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    securityAlgorithmConfig             SecurityAlgorithmConfig, 
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-SECURITYMODECOMMAND-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SCGFailureInformationEUTRA field descriptions
measResultFreqListMRDC
The field contains available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
measResultSCG-FailureMRDC
Includes the E-UTRA MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC IE as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. The field contains available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SECURITYMODECOMPLETE-START
SecurityModeComplete ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        securityModeComplete                SecurityModeComplete-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SecurityModeComplete-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-SECURITYMODECOMPLETE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SECURITYMODEFAILURE-START
SecurityModeFailure ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        securityModeFailure                 SecurityModeFailure-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SecurityModeFailure-IEs ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-SECURITYMODEFAILURE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB1-START
SIB1 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
cellSelectionInfoParameters for cell selection related to the serving cell.
                   SEQUENCE { 
        
q-RxLevMinParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell.
                          Q-RxLevMin, 
        
q-RxLevMinOffsetParameter "Qrxlevminoffset" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffset = field value * 2 [dB]. If absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qrxlevminoffset. Affects the minimum required Rx level in the cell.
                    INTEGER (1..8)                                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
        
q-RxLevMinSULParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell.
                       Q-RxLevMin                                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        
q-QualMinParameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.  
                           Q-QualMin                                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
        
q-QualMinOffsetParameter "Qqualminoffset" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffset = field value [dB]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qqualminoffset.Affects the minimum required quality level in the cell.
                     INTEGER (1..8)                                              OPTIONAL  -- Need S
    }                                                                                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Cond Standalone
    cellAccessRelatedInfo               CellAccessRelatedInfo, 
    connEstFailureControl               ConnEstFailureControl                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    si-SchedulingInfo                   SI-SchedulingInfo                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
servingCellConfigCommonConfiguration of the serving cell.
             ServingCellConfigCommonSIB                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
ims-EmergencySupportIndicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services for UEs in limited service mode. If absent, IMS emergency call is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode.
                ENUMERATED {true}                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    eCallOverIMS-Support                ENUMERATED {true}                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Cond Absent
    
ue-TimersAndConstantsTimer and constant values to be used by the UE. The cell operating as PCell always provides this field.
               UE-TimersAndConstants                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    uac-BarringInfo                     SEQUENCE { 
        
uac-BarringForCommonCommon access control parameters for each access category. Common values are used for all PLMNs, unless overwritten by the PLMN specific configuration provided in uac-BarringPerPLMN-List. The parameters are specified by providing an index to the set of configurations (uac-BarringInfoSetList). UE behaviour upon absence of this field is specified in clause 5.3.14.2.
                UAC-BarringPerCatList                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
        uac-BarringPerPLMN-List             UAC-BarringPerPLMN-List                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
        uac-BarringInfoSetList              UAC-BarringInfoSetList, 
        
uac-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfoInformation used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in TS 22.261 [25].
 CHOICE { 
            plmnCommon                           UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo, 
            individualPLMNList                   SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxPLMN)) OF UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo 
        }                                                                                               OPTIONAL  -- Need S
    }                                                                                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
useFullResumeIDIndicates which resume identifier and Resume request message should be used. UE uses fullI-RNTI and RRCResumeRequest1 if the field is present, or shortI-RNTI and RRCResumeRequest if the field is absent.
                     ENUMERATED {true}                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                      OPTIONAL 
} 
UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo ::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c} 
 -- TAG-SIB1-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB1 field descriptions
cellSelectionInfo
Parameters for cell selection related to the serving cell.
ims-EmergencySupport
Indicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services for UEs in limited service mode. If absent, IMS emergency call is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.  
q-QualMinOffset
Parameter "Qqualminoffset" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffset = field value [dB]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qqualminoffset.Affects the minimum required quality level in the cell.
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell.
q-RxLevMinOffset
Parameter "Qrxlevminoffset" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffset = field value * 2 [dB]. If absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qrxlevminoffset. Affects the minimum required Rx level in the cell.
q-RxLevMinSUL
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell.
servingCellConfigCommon
Configuration of the serving cell.
uac-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo
Information used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in TS 22.261 [25].
uac-BarringForCommon
Common access control parameters for each access category. Common values are used for all PLMNs, unless overwritten by the PLMN specific configuration provided in uac-BarringPerPLMN-List. The parameters are specified by providing an index to the set of configurations (uac-BarringInfoSetList). UE behaviour upon absence of this field is specified in clause 5.3.14.2.
ue-TimersAndConstants
Timer and constant values to be used by the UE. The cell operating as PCell always provides this field.
useFullResumeID
Indicates which resume identifier and Resume request message should be used. UE uses fullI-RNTI and RRCResumeRequest1 if the field is present, or shortI-RNTI and RRCResumeRequest if the field is absent.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
Absent
The field is not used in this version of the specification, if received the UE shall ignore.
Standalone
The field is mandatory present in a cell that supports standalone operation, otherwise it is absent.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SYSTEMINFORMATION-START
SystemInformation ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        systemInformation                SystemInformation-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SystemInformation-IEs ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    sib-TypeAndInfo                     SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE { 
        sib2                                SIB2, 
        sib3                                SIB3, 
        sib4                                SIB4, 
        sib5                                SIB5, 
        sib6                                SIB6, 
        sib7                                SIB7, 
        sib8                                SIB8, 
        sib9                                SIB9, 
        ... 
    }, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                         OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-SYSTEMINFORMATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-UEASSISTANCEINFORMATION-START
UEAssistanceInformation ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        ueAssistanceInformation             UEAssistanceInformation-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
UEAssistanceInformation-IEs ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    
delayBudgetReportIndicates the UE-preferred adjustment to connected mode DRX.
                   DelayBudgetReport        OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING  OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UEAssistanceInformation-v1540-IEs OPTIONAL 
} 
DelayBudgetReport::=                CHOICE { 
    
type1Indicates the preferred amount of increment/decrement to the long DRX cycle length with respect to the current configuration. Value in number of milliseconds. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 milliseconds, msMinus40 corresponds to -40 milliseconds and so on.
                               ENUMERATED { 
                                            msMinus1280, msMinus640, msMinus320, msMinus160,msMinus80, msMinus60, msMinus40, 
                                            msMinus20, ms0, ms20,ms40, ms60, ms80, ms160, ms320, ms640, ms1280}, 
    ... 
} 
UEAssistanceInformation-v1540-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    overheatingAssistance               OverheatingAssistance               OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                         OPTIONAL 
} 
OverheatingAssistance ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    reducedMaxCCs                       SEQUENCE { 
        
reducedCCsDLIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating. This maximum number includes both SCells of the MCG and PSCell/SCells of the SCG.
                        INTEGER (0..31), 
        
reducedCCsULIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating. This maximum number includes both SCells of the MCG and PSCell/SCells of the SCG.
                        INTEGER (0..31) 
    } OPTIONAL,
    reducedMaxBW-FR1                    SEQUENCE { 
        
reducedBW-FR1-DLIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR1. This maximum aggregated bandwidth includes downlink carrier(s) of FR1 of both the MCG and the SCG. Value mhz0 is not used. The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1.
                    ReducedAggregatedBandwidth, 
        
reducedBW-FR1-ULIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s)of FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR1. This maximum aggregated bandwidth includes uplink carrier(s)of FR1 of both the MCG and the SCG. Value mhz0 is not used. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1.
                    ReducedAggregatedBandwidth 
    } OPTIONAL,
    reducedMaxBW-FR2                    SEQUENCE { 
        
reducedBW-FR2-DLIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR2.This maximum aggregated bandwidth includes downlink carrier(s)of FR2 of both the MCG and the NR SCG. The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR2 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2.
                    ReducedAggregatedBandwidth, 
        
reducedBW-FR2-ULIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s)of FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR2. This maximum aggregated bandwidth includes uplink carrier(s)of FR2 of both the MCG and the NR SCG. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2.
                    ReducedAggregatedBandwidth 
    } OPTIONAL,
    reducedMaxMIMO-LayersFR1            SEQUENCE { 
        
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-DLIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1.
            MIMO-LayersDL, 
        
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-ULIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1.
            MIMO-LayersUL 
    } OPTIONAL,
    reducedMaxMIMO-LayersFR2            SEQUENCE { 
        
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-DLIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2.
            MIMO-LayersDL, 
        
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-ULIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2.
            MIMO-LayersUL 
    } OPTIONAL 
} 
ReducedAggregatedBandwidth ::= ENUMERATED {mhz0, mhz10, mhz20, mhz30, mhz40, mhz50, mhz60, mhz80, mhz100, mhz200, mhz300, mhz400} 
 -- TAG-UEASSISTANCEINFORMATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

UEAssistanceInformation field descriptions
delayBudgetReport
Indicates the UE-preferred adjustment to connected mode DRX.
reducedBW-FR1-DL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR1. This maximum aggregated bandwidth includes downlink carrier(s) of FR1 of both the MCG and the SCG. Value mhz0 is not used. The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1.
reducedBW-FR1-UL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s)of FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR1. This maximum aggregated bandwidth includes uplink carrier(s)of FR1 of both the MCG and the SCG. Value mhz0 is not used. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1.
reducedBW-FR2-DL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR2.This maximum aggregated bandwidth includes downlink carrier(s)of FR2 of both the MCG and the NR SCG. The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR2 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2.
reducedBW-FR2-UL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s)of FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR2. This maximum aggregated bandwidth includes uplink carrier(s)of FR2 of both the MCG and the NR SCG. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2.
reducedCCsDL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating. This maximum number includes both SCells of the MCG and PSCell/SCells of the SCG.
reducedCCsUL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating. This maximum number includes both SCells of the MCG and PSCell/SCells of the SCG.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-DL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-UL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-DL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-UL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2.
type1
Indicates the preferred amount of increment/decrement to the long DRX cycle length with respect to the current configuration. Value in number of milliseconds. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 milliseconds, msMinus40 corresponds to -40 milliseconds and so on.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-UECAPABILITYENQUIRY-START
UECapabilityEnquiry ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        ueCapabilityEnquiry                 UECapabilityEnquiry-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
UECapabilityEnquiry-IEs ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    ue-CapabilityRAT-RequestList        UE-CapabilityRAT-RequestList, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ue-CapabilityEnquiryExt             OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UECapabilityEnquiry-v1560-IEs)                 OPTIONAL  -- Need N
} 
UECapabilityEnquiry-v1560-IEs ::=   SEQUENCE { 
    capabilityRequestFilterCommon       UE-CapabilityRequestFilterCommon                                        OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-UECAPABILITYENQUIRY-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-UECAPABILITYINFORMATION-START
UECapabilityInformation ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier           RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        ueCapabilityInformation             UECapabilityInformation-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
UECapabilityInformation-IEs ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    ue-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList      UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList                                          OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                                                              OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-UECAPABILITYINFORMATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFER-START
ULInformationTransfer ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                  CHOICE { 
        ulInformationTransfer            ULInformationTransfer-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
ULInformationTransfer-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    dedicatedNAS-Message                DedicatedNAS-Message                OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                         OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFER-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFERMRDC-START
ULInformationTransferMRDC ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                          CHOICE { 
        c1                                          CHOICE { 
            ulInformationTransferMRDC            ULInformationTransferMRDC-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
ULInformationTransferMRDC-IEs::=           SEQUENCE { 
    
ul-DCCH-MessageNRIncludes the UL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRC MeasurementReport and FailureInformation messages.
                           OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    
ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRAIncludes the UL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRC MeasurementReport message.
                        OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension                    OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        SEQUENCE {}                     OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFERMRDC-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

ULInformationTransferMRDC field descriptions
ul-DCCH-MessageNR
Includes the UL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRC MeasurementReport and FailureInformation messages.
ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA
Includes the UL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRC MeasurementReport message.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SETUPRELEASE-START
SetupRelease { ElementTypeParam } ::= CHOICE { 
    release         NULL,
    setup           ElementTypeParam 
} 
 -- TAG-SETUPRELEASE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB2-START
SIB2 ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    cellReselectionInfoCommon           SEQUENCE { 
        nrofSS-BlocksToAverage              INTEGER (2..maxNrofSS-BlocksToAverage)       OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation     ThresholdNR                                  OPTIONAL,    -- Need S
        rangeToBestCell                     RangeToBestCell                                 OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
        q-Hyst                              ENUMERATED { 
                                                dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5, dB6, dB8, dB10, 
                                                dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24}, 
        speedStateReselectionPars           SEQUENCE { 
            mobilityStateParameters             MobilityStateParameters, 
            q-HystSF                        SEQUENCE { 
                sf-Medium                       ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-4, dB-2, dB0}, 
                sf-High                         ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-4, dB-2, dB0} 
            } 
        }                                                                                   OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
    ... 
    }, 
    cellReselectionServingFreqInfo      SEQUENCE { 
        s-NonIntraSearchP                   ReselectionThreshold          OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        s-NonIntraSearchQ                   ReselectionThresholdQ         OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        threshServingLowP                   ReselectionThreshold, 
        threshServingLowQ                   ReselectionThresholdQ         OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
        cellReselectionPriority             CellReselectionPriority, 
        cellReselectionSubPriority          CellReselectionSubPriority    OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
        ... 
    }, 
    intraFreqCellReselectionInfo        SEQUENCE { 
        q-RxLevMin                          Q-RxLevMin, 
        q-RxLevMinSUL                       Q-RxLevMin                   OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
        q-QualMin                           Q-QualMin                    OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        s-IntraSearchP                      ReselectionThreshold, 
        s-IntraSearchQ                      ReselectionThresholdQ        OPTIONAL,    -- Need S
        t-ReselectionNR                     T-Reselection, 
        frequencyBandList                   MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB             OPTIONAL,    -- Need S
        frequencyBandListSUL                MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB             OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
        p-Max                               P-Max                        OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        smtc                                SSB-MTC                      OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        ss-RSSI-Measurement              SS-RSSI-Measurement          OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
        ssb-ToMeasure                       SSB-ToMeasure                OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
        deriveSSB-IndexFromCell          BOOLEAN,
        ..., 
        [[ 
        t-ReselectionNR-SF                  SpeedStateScaleFactors       OPTIONAL  -- Need N
        ]] 
    }, 
    ... 
} 
RangeToBestCell ::= Q-OffsetRange 
 -- TAG-SIB2-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB3-START
SIB3 ::=                            SEQUENCE { 
    
intraFreqNeighCellListList of intra-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters.
              IntraFreqNeighCellList      OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
intraFreqBlackCellListList of blacklisted intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
              IntraFreqBlackCellList      OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
IntraFreqNeighCellList ::=          SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo 
IntraFreqNeighCellInfo ::=          SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId                          PhysCellId, 
    
q-OffsetCellParameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 38.304 [20].
                        Q-OffsetRange, 
    
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellParameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
                INTEGER (1..8)              OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellSULParameter "QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL = field value * 2 [dB].
             INTEGER (1..8)              OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
q-QualMinOffsetCellParameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
                 INTEGER (1..8)              OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    ... 
} 
IntraFreqBlackCellList ::=       SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellBlack)) OF PCI-Range 
 -- TAG-SIB3-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB2 field descriptions
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation
Threshold for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
cellReselectionInfoCommon
Cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency, inter-frequency and/ or inter-RAT cell re-selection.
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo
Information common for non-intra-frequency cell re-selection i.e. cell re-selection to inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells.
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
This field indicates whether the UE can utilize serving cell timing to derive the index of SS block transmitted by neighbour cell. If this field is set to true, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the serving frequency as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
frequencyBandList
Indicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply. The UE behaviour in case the field is absent is described in clause 5.2.2.4.3.
intraFreqCellReselectionInfo
Cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency cells.
nrofSS-BlocksToAverage
Number of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation. If the field is absent the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
p-Max
Value in dBm applicable for the intra-frequency neighbouring NR cells. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15] in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39]. 
q-Hyst
Parameter "Qhyst" in TS 38.304 [20], Value in dB. Value dB1 corresponds to 1 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so on.
q-HystSF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for Qhyst" in TS 38.304 [20]. The sf-Medium and sf-High concern the additional hysteresis to be applied, in Medium and High Mobility state respectively, to Qhyst as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. In dB. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6dB, dB-4 corresponds to -4dB and so on.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.  
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells.
q-RxLevMinSUL
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells.
rangeToBestCell
Parameter "rangeToBestCell" in TS 38.304 [20]. The network configures only non-negative (in dB) values.
s-IntraSearchP
Parameter "SIntraSearchP" in TS 38.304 [20].
s-IntraSearchQ
Parameter "SIntraSearchQ" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for SIntraSearchQ.
s-NonIntraSearchP
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchP" in TS 38.304 [20]. If this field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of infinity for SnonIntraSearchP.
s-NonIntraSearchQ
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchQ" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for SnonIntraSearchQ.
smtc
Measurement timing configuration for intra-frequency measurement. If this field is absent, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5 ms for the intra-frequnecy cells.
ssb-ToMeasure
The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is absent the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
t-ReselectionNR
Parameter "TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20].
t-ReselectionNR-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
threshServingLowP
Parameter "ThreshServing, LowP" inTS 38.304 [20].
threshServingLowQ
Parameter "ThreshServing, LowQ" inTS 38.304 [20].


SIB3field descriptions
intraFreqBlackCellList
List of blacklisted intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
intraFreqNeighCellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters.
q-OffsetCell
Parameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 38.304 [20].
q-QualMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellSUL
Parameter "QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL = field value * 2 [dB].

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB4-START
SIB4 ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    
interFreqCarrierFreqListList of neighbouring carrier frequencies and frequency specific cell re-selection information. 
            InterFreqCarrierFreqList, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING  OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
InterFreqCarrierFreqList ::=      SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo 
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo ::=      SEQUENCE { 
    
dl-CarrierFreqThis field indicates center frequency of the SS blockof the neighbour cells, where the frequency corresponds to a GSCN value as specified in TS 38.101-1 [15].
                   ARFCN-ValueNR, 
    
frequencyBandListIndicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply.
                   MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB             OPTIONAL,   -- Cond Mandatory
    frequencyBandListSUL                MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB             OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
nrofSS-BlocksToAverageNumber of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
           INTEGER (2..maxNrofSS-BlocksToAverage)      OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidationThreshold for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
  ThresholdNR                                 OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    
smtcMeasurement timing configuration for inter-frequency measurement. If this field is absent, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5 ms in this frequency.
                                SSB-MTC                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
ssbSubcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing of SSB. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
                SubcarrierSpacing, 
    
ssb-ToMeasureThe set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is absent the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
                    SSB-ToMeasure                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
deriveSSB-IndexFromCellThis field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell on that frequency to derive the SSB index of all neighbour cells on that frequency. If this field is set to true, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the neighbor frequency as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
          BOOLEAN,
    ss-RSSI-Measurement              SS-RSSI-Measurement                         OPTIONAL, -- Need R
    
q-RxLevMinParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20].
                          Q-RxLevMin, 
    
q-RxLevMinSULParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20].
                       Q-RxLevMin           OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
q-QualMinParameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
                           Q-QualMin            OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
p-MaxValue in dBm applicable for the neighbouring NR cells on this carrier frequency. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15] in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39].
                               P-Max                            OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
t-ReselectionNRParameter "TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20].
                  T-Reselection, 
    
t-ReselectionNR-SFParameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
                  SpeedStateScaleFactors  OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
threshX-HighPParameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 38.304 [20].
                       ReselectionThreshold, 
    
threshX-LowPParameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 38.304 [20].
                        ReselectionThreshold, 
    threshX-Q                        SEQUENCE { 
        
threshX-HighQParameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
                       ReselectionThresholdQ, 
        
threshX-LowQParameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
                        ReselectionThresholdQ 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,   -- Cond RSRQ
    cellReselectionPriority          CellReselectionPriority      OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    cellReselectionSubPriority       CellReselectionSubPriority   OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
q-OffsetFreqParameter "Qoffsetfrequency" in TS 38.304 [20].
                        Q-OffsetRange                    DEFAULT dB0, 
    
interFreqNeighCellListList of inter-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters.
           InterFreqNeighCellList       OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
interFreqBlackCellListList of blacklisted inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
           InterFreqBlackCellList       OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    ... 
} 
InterFreqNeighCellList ::=          SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF InterFreqNeighCellInfo 
InterFreqNeighCellInfo ::=          SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId                          PhysCellId, 
    
q-OffsetCellParameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 38.304 [20].
                        Q-OffsetRange, 
    
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellParameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
       INTEGER (1..8)               OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellSULParameter "QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL = field value * 2 [dB].
        INTEGER (1..8)               OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
q-QualMinOffsetCellParameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
                 INTEGER (1..8)               OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    ... 
} 
InterFreqBlackCellList ::=          SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellBlack)) OF PCI-Range 
 -- TAG-SIB4-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB4 field descriptions
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation
Threshold for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
This field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell on that frequency to derive the SSB index of all neighbour cells on that frequency. If this field is set to true, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the neighbor frequency as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
dl-CarrierFreq
This field indicates center frequency of the SS blockof the neighbour cells, where the frequency corresponds to a GSCN value as specified in TS 38.101-1 [15].
frequencyBandList
Indicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply.
interFreqBlackCellList
List of blacklisted inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
interFreqCarrierFreqList
List of neighbouring carrier frequencies and frequency specific cell re-selection information. 
interFreqNeighCellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters.
nrofSS-BlocksToAverage
Number of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
p-Max
Value in dBm applicable for the neighbouring NR cells on this carrier frequency. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15] in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39].
q-OffsetCell
Parameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 38.304 [20].
q-OffsetFreq
Parameter "Qoffsetfrequency" in TS 38.304 [20].
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
q-QualMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellSUL
Parameter "QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL = field value * 2 [dB].
q-RxLevMinSUL
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20].
smtc
Measurement timing configuration for inter-frequency measurement. If this field is absent, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5 ms in this frequency.
ssb-ToMeasure
The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is absent the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
ssbSubcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing of SSB. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
threshX-HighP
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-LowP
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-LowQ
Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
t-ReselectionNR
Parameter "TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20].
t-ReselectionNR-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].


Conditional Presence
Explanation
Mandatory
The field is mandatory present in SIB4.
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if threshServingLowQ is present in SIB2; otherwise it is absent.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB5-START
SIB5 ::=                            SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqListEUTRAList of carrier frequencies of E-UTRA.
                CarrierFreqListEUTRA             OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
    
t-ReselectionEUTRAParameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 38.304 [20].
                  T-Reselection, 
    
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SFParameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
               SpeedStateScaleFactors           OPTIONAL,       -- Need S
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING  OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
CarrierFreqListEUTRA ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxEUTRA-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqEUTRA 
CarrierFreqEUTRA ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq                         ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
    
eutra-multiBandInfoListIndicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by carrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common, and a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [22], table 6.2.4-1, for the frequency bands in eutra-multiBandInfoList
             EUTRA-MultiBandInfoList          OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
    eutra-FreqNeighCellList             EUTRA-FreqNeighCellList          OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
    
eutra-BlackCellListList of blacklisted E-UTRA neighbouring cells.
                 EUTRA-FreqBlackCellList          OPTIONAL,  -- Need R
    allowedMeasBandwidth                EUTRA-AllowedMeasBandwidth, 
    presenceAntennaPort1                EUTRA-PresenceAntennaPort1, 
    cellReselectionPriority             CellReselectionPriority          OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
    cellReselectionSubPriority          CellReselectionSubPriority       OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
    
threshX-HighParameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 38.304 [20].
                        ReselectionThreshold, 
    
threshX-LowParameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 38.304 [20].
                         ReselectionThreshold, 
    
q-RxLevMinParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qrxlevmin = field value * 2 [dBm].
                          INTEGER (-70..-22), 
    
q-QualMinParameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qqualmin = field value [dB].
                           INTEGER (-34..-3), 
    
p-MaxEUTRAThe maximum allowed transmission power in dBm on the (uplink) carrier frequency, see TS 36.304 [27].
                          INTEGER (-30..33), 
    threshX-Q                           SEQUENCE { 
        
threshX-HighQParameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
                       ReselectionThresholdQ, 
        
threshX-LowQParameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
                        ReselectionThresholdQ 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL  -- Cond RSRQ
} 
EUTRA-FreqBlackCellList ::=         SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxEUTRA-CellBlack)) OF EUTRA-PhysCellIdRange 
EUTRA-FreqNeighCellList ::=         SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellEUTRA)) OF EUTRA-FreqNeighCellInfo 
EUTRA-FreqNeighCellInfo ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId                          EUTRA-PhysCellId, 
 
dummyThis field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
                               EUTRA-Q-OffsetRange, 
    
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellParameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
                INTEGER (1..8)                   OPTIONAL,    -- Need R
    
q-QualMinOffsetCellParameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
                 INTEGER (1..8)                   OPTIONAL   -- Need R
} 
 -- TAG-SIB5-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB5 field descriptions
carrierFreqListEUTRA
List of carrier frequencies of E-UTRA.
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
eutra-BlackCellList
List of blacklisted E-UTRA neighbouring cells.
eutra-multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by carrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common, and a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [22], table 6.2.4-1, for the frequency bands in eutra-multiBandInfoList
p-MaxEUTRA
The maximum allowed transmission power in dBm on the (uplink) carrier frequency, see TS 36.304 [27].
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qqualmin = field value [dB].
q-QualMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qrxlevmin = field value * 2 [dBm].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
t-ReselectionEUTRA
Parameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-High
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-Low
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-LowQ
Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].


Conditional Presence
Explanation
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if the threshServingLowQ is present in SIB2; otherwise it is absent.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB6-START
SIB6 ::=                            SEQUENCE { 
    
messageIdentifierIdentifies the source and type of ETWS notification.
                   BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
serialNumberIdentifies variations of an ETWS notification.
                        BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
warningTypeIdentifies the warning type of the ETWS primary notification and provides information on emergency user alert and UE popup.
                         OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)), 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING  OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-SIB6-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB6 field descriptions
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of ETWS notification.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of an ETWS notification.
warningType
Identifies the warning type of the ETWS primary notification and provides information on emergency user alert and UE popup.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB7-START
SIB7 ::=                            SEQUENCE { 
    
messageIdentifierIdentifies the source and type of ETWS notification.
                   BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
serialNumberIdentifies variations of an ETWS notification.
                        BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
warningMessageSegmentTypeIndicates whether the included ETWS warning message segment is the last segment or not.
           ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, 
    
warningMessageSegmentNumberSegment number of the ETWS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, A segment number of one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
         INTEGER (0..63), 
    
warningMessageSegmentCarries a segment of the Warning Message Contents IE.
               OCTET STRING,
    
dataCodingSchemeIdentifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of an ETWS notification.
                    OCTET STRING (SIZE (1))          OPTIONAL,   -- Cond Segment1
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING  OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-SIB7-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB7 field descriptions
dataCodingScheme
Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of an ETWS notification.
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of ETWS notification.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of an ETWS notification.
warningMessageSegment
Carries a segment of the Warning Message Contents IE.
warningMessageSegmentNumber
Segment number of the ETWS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, A segment number of one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included ETWS warning message segment is the last segment or not.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
Segment1
The field is mandatory present in the first segment of SIB7, otherwise it is absent.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB8-START
SIB8 ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    
messageIdentifierIdentifies the source and type of CMAS notification.
               BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
serialNumberIdentifies variations of a CMAS notification.
                    BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
warningMessageSegmentTypeIndicates whether the included CMAS warning message segment is the last segment or not. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
       ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, 
    
warningMessageSegmentNumberSegment number of the CMAS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
  INTEGER (0..63), 
    
warningMessageSegmentCarries a segment, with one or more octets, of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 38.413 [42]. The first octet of the Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [29], clause 9.4.2.2.5, and so on.
           OCTET STRING,
    
dataCodingSchemeIdentifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of a CMAS notification.
                OCTET STRING (SIZE (1))          OPTIONAL,   -- Cond Segment1
    
warningAreaCoordinatesSegmentIf present, carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the geographical area where the CMAS warning message is valid as defined in [28]. The first octet of the first warningAreaCoordinatesSegment is equivalent to the first octet of Warning Area Coordinates IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [29] and so on.
   OCTET STRING  OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING  OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-SIB8-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB8 field descriptions
dataCodingScheme
Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of a CMAS notification.
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of CMAS notification.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of a CMAS notification.
warningAreaCoordinatesSegment
If present, carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the geographical area where the CMAS warning message is valid as defined in [28]. The first octet of the first warningAreaCoordinatesSegment is equivalent to the first octet of Warning Area Coordinates IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [29] and so on.
warningMessageSegment
Carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 38.413 [42]. The first octet of the Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [29], clause 9.4.2.2.5, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentNumber
Segment number of the CMAS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
warningMessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included CMAS warning message segment is the last segment or not. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
Segment1
The field is mandatory present in the first segment of SIB8, otherwise it is absent.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-SIB9-START
SIB9 ::=                            SEQUENCE { 
    timeInfo                            SEQUENCE { 
        
timeInfoUTCCoordinated Universal Time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or immediately after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which SIB9 is transmitted. The field counts the number of UTC seconds in 10 ms units since 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 1 January, 1900 (midnight between Sunday, December 31, 1899 and Monday, January 1, 1900). See NOTE 1. This field is excluded when determining changes in system information, i.e. changes of timeInfoUTC should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of valueTag in SIB1.
                         INTEGER (0..549755813887), 
        
dayLightSavingTimeIndicates if and how daylight-saving time (DST) is applied to obtain the local time.The semantics are the same as the semantics of the Daylight Saving Time IE in TS 24.501 [23] and TS 24.008 [38].The first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the b2 of octet 3 and the second bit of the bit string contains b1 of octet 3 in the value part of theDaylight Saving Time IE in TS 24.008 [38].
                  BIT STRING (SIZE (2))                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        
leapSecondsNumber of leap seconds offset between GPS Time and UTC. UTC and GPS time are related i.e. GPS time -leapSeconds = UTC time.
                         INTEGER (-127..128)                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        
localTimeOffsetOffset between UTC and local time in units of 15 minutes. Actual value = field value * 15 minutes. Local time of the day is calculated as UTC time + localTimeOffset.
                     INTEGER (-63..64)                       OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    }                                                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-SIB9-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

SIB9 field descriptions
dayLightSavingTime
Indicates if and how daylight-saving time (DST) is applied to obtain the local time.The semantics are the same as the semantics of the Daylight Saving Time IE in TS 24.501 [23] and TS 24.008 [38].The first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the b2 of octet 3 and the second bit of the bit string contains b1 of octet 3 in the value part of theDaylight Saving Time IE in TS 24.008 [38].
leapSeconds
Number of leap seconds offset between GPS Time and UTC. UTC and GPS time are related i.e. GPS time -leapSeconds = UTC time.
localTimeOffset
Offset between UTC and local time in units of 15 minutes. Actual value = field value * 15 minutes. Local time of the day is calculated as UTC time + localTimeOffset.
timeInfoUTC
Coordinated Universal Time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or immediately after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which SIB9 is transmitted. The field counts the number of UTC seconds in 10 ms units since 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 1 January, 1900 (midnight between Sunday, December 31, 1899 and Monday, January 1, 1900). See NOTE 1. This field is excluded when determining changes in system information, i.e. changes of timeInfoUTC should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of valueTag in SIB1.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-ADDITIONALSPECTRUMEMISSION-START
AdditionalSpectrumEmission ::=              INTEGER (0..7) 
 -- TAG-ADDITIONALSPECTRUMEMISSION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-ALPHA-START
Alpha ::=                       ENUMERATED {alpha0, alpha04, alpha05, alpha06, alpha07, alpha08, alpha09, alpha1} 
 -- TAG-ALPHA-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-AMF-IDENTIFIER-START
AMF-Identifier ::=                      BIT STRING (SIZE (24)) 
 -- TAG-AMF-IDENTIFIER-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-ARFCN-VALUEEUTRA-START
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA ::=                INTEGER (0..maxEARFCN) 
 -- TAG-ARFCN-VALUEEUTRA-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-ARFCN-VALUENR-START
ARFCN-ValueNR ::=               INTEGER (0..maxNARFCN) 
 -- TAG-ARFCN-VALUENR-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BEAMFAILURERECOVERYCONFIG-START
BeamFailureRecoveryConfig ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    
rootSequenceIndex-BFRPRACH root sequence index (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.3.3.1) for beam failure recovery.
               INTEGER (0..137)                                                     OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
rach-ConfigBFRConfiguration of random access parameters for BFR.
                      RACH-ConfigGeneric                                                   OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
rsrp-ThresholdSSBL1-RSRP threshold used for determining whether a candidate beam may be used by the UE to attempt contention free random access to recover from beam failure (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 6).
                RSRP-Range                                                           OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
candidateBeamRSListA list of reference signals (CSI-RS and/or SSB) identifying the candidate beams for recovery and the associated RA parameters. The network configures these reference signals to be within the linked DL BWP (i.e., within the DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) of the UL BWP in which the BeamFailureRecoveryConfig is provided. 
                 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCandidateBeams)) OF PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR   OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
ssb-perRACH-OccasionNumber of SSBs per RACH occasion for CF-BFR, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1.
                ENUMERATED {oneEighth, oneFourth, oneHalf, one, two, 
 four, eight, sixteen}   OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndexExplicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 38.321 [3]. The mask is valid for all SSB resources.
            INTEGER (0..15)                                                          OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
recoverySearchSpaceIdSearch space to use for BFR RAR. The network configures this search space to be within the linked DL BWP (i.e., within the DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) of the UL BWP in which the BeamFailureRecoveryConfig is provided. The CORESET associated with the recovery search space cannot be associated with another search space. Network always configures the UE with a value forthis field when contention free random access resources for BFR are configured.
               SearchSpaceId                                                             OPTIONAL, -- Need R
    ra-Prioritization                   RA-Prioritization                                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need R
    
beamFailureRecoveryTimerTimer for beam failure recovery timer. Upon expiration of the timer the UE does not use CFRA for BFR. Value in ms. Valuems10 corresponds to 10ms, valuems20corresponds to 20ms, and so on.
            ENUMERATED {ms10, ms20, ms40, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms150, ms200}           OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
msg1-SubcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing for contention free beam failure recovery. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 60 kHz or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3.2.
         SubcarrierSpacing  OPTIONAL   -- Need M
    ]] 
} 
PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR ::=      CHOICE { 
    
ssbThe ID of an SSB transmitted by this serving cell. It determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
                                 BFR-SSB-Resource, 
    
csi-RSThe ID of a NZP-CSI-RS-Resource configured in the CSI-MeasConfig of this serving cell. This reference signal determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
                              BFR-CSIRS-Resource 
} 
BFR-SSB-Resource ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    
ssbThe ID of an SSB transmitted by this serving cell. It determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
                              SSB-Index, 
    
ra-PreambleIndexThe preamble index that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beams identified by this SSB.
                 INTEGER (0..63), 
    ... 
} 
BFR-CSIRS-Resource ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    
csi-RSThe ID of a NZP-CSI-RS-Resource configured in the CSI-MeasConfig of this serving cell. This reference signal determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
                           NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId, 
    
ra-OccasionListRA occasions that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beam identified by this CSI-RS.The network ensures that the RA occasion indexes provided herein are also configured by prach-ConfigurationIndex and msg1-FDM. Each RACH occasion is sequentially numbered, first, in increasing order of frequency resource indexes for frequency multiplexed PRACH occasions; second, in increasing order of time resource indexes for time multiplexed PRACH occasions within a PRACH slot and Third, in increasing order of indexes for PRACH slots.
If the field is absent the UE uses the RA occasion associated with the SSB that is QCLed with this CSI-RS.
                  SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxRA-OccasionsPerCSIRS)) OF INTEGER (0..maxRA-Occasions-1)   OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
ra-PreambleIndexThe preamble index that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beams identified by this SSB.
                 INTEGER (0..63)                                                                 OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-BEAMFAILURERECOVERYCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BeamFailureRecoveryConfig field descriptions
beamFailureRecoveryTimer
Timer for beam failure recovery timer. Upon expiration of the timer the UE does not use CFRA for BFR. Value in ms. Valuems10 corresponds to 10ms, valuems20corresponds to 20ms, and so on.
candidateBeamRSList
A list of reference signals (CSI-RS and/or SSB) identifying the candidate beams for recovery and the associated RA parameters. The network configures these reference signals to be within the linked DL BWP (i.e., within the DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) of the UL BWP in which the BeamFailureRecoveryConfig is provided. 
msg1-SubcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing for contention free beam failure recovery. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 60 kHz or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3.2.
rsrp-ThresholdSSB
L1-RSRP threshold used for determining whether a candidate beam may be used by the UE to attempt contention free random access to recover from beam failure (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 6).
ra-prioritization
Parameters which apply for prioritized random access procedure for BFR (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.1.1).
ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex
Explicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 38.321 [3]. The mask is valid for all SSB resources.
rach-ConfigBFR
Configuration of random access parameters for BFR.
recoverySearchSpaceId
Search space to use for BFR RAR. The network configures this search space to be within the linked DL BWP (i.e., within the DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) of the UL BWP in which the BeamFailureRecoveryConfig is provided. The CORESET associated with the recovery search space cannot be associated with another search space. Network always configures the UE with a value forthis field when contention free random access resources for BFR are configured.
rootSequenceIndex-BFR
PRACH root sequence index (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.3.3.1) for beam failure recovery.
ssb-perRACH-Occasion
Number of SSBs per RACH occasion for CF-BFR, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1.


BFR-CSIRS-Resource field descriptions
csi-RS
The ID of a NZP-CSI-RS-Resource configured in the CSI-MeasConfig of this serving cell. This reference signal determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
ra-OccasionList
RA occasions that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beam identified by this CSI-RS.The network ensures that the RA occasion indexes provided herein are also configured by prach-ConfigurationIndex and msg1-FDM. Each RACH occasion is sequentially numbered, first, in increasing order of frequency resource indexes for frequency multiplexed PRACH occasions; second, in increasing order of time resource indexes for time multiplexed PRACH occasions within a PRACH slot and Third, in increasing order of indexes for PRACH slots.
If the field is absent the UE uses the RA occasion associated with the SSB that is QCLed with this CSI-RS.
ra-PreambleIndex
The RA preamble index to use in the RA occasions associated with this CSI-RS. If the field is absent, the UE uses the preamble index associated with the SSB that is QCLed with this CSI-RS.


BFR-SSB-Resource field descriptions
ra-PreambleIndex
The preamble index that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beams identified by this SSB.
ssb
The ID of an SSB transmitted by this serving cell. It determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BETAOFFSETS-START
BetaOffsets ::=                     SEQUENCE { 
    
betaOffsetACK-Index1Up to 2 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
                INTEGER(0..31)                                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    
betaOffsetACK-Index2Up to 11 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
                INTEGER(0..31)                                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    
betaOffsetACK-Index3Above 11 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
                INTEGER(0..31)                                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index1Up to 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
          INTEGER(0..31)                                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index2Above 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
          INTEGER(0..31)                                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index1Up to 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
          INTEGER(0..31)                                                         OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index2Above 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
          INTEGER(0..31)                                                         OPTIONAL  -- Need S
} 
 -- TAG-BETAOFFSETS-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BetaOffsets field descriptions
betaOffsetACK-Index1
Up to 2 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
betaOffsetACK-Index2
Up to 11 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
betaOffsetACK-Index3
Above 11 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index1
Up to 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index2
Above 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index1
Up to 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index2
Above 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BSR-CONFIG-START
BSR-Config ::=                      SEQUENCE { 
    
periodicBSR-TimerValue in number of subframes. Value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe, valuesf5 corresponds to 5 subframes and so on.
                   ENUMERATED { sf1, sf5, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, 
                                                        sf80, sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, infinity }, 
    
retxBSR-TimerValue in number of subframes. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes, valuesf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on.
                       ENUMERATED { sf10, sf20, sf40, sf80, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, 
                                                        sf5120, sf10240, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    
logicalChannelSR-DelayTimerValue in number of subframes. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, and so on.
         ENUMERATED { sf20, sf40, sf64, sf128, sf512, sf1024, sf2560, spare1}    OPTIONAL, -- Need R
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-BSR-CONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BSR-Config field descriptions
logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer
Value in number of subframes. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, and so on.
periodicBSR-Timer
Value in number of subframes. Value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe, valuesf5 corresponds to 5 subframes and so on.
retxBSR-Timer
Value in number of subframes. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes, valuesf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BWP-START
BWP ::=                             SEQUENCE { 
    
locationAndBandwidthFrequency domain location and bandwidth of this bandwidth part. The value of the field shall be interpreted as resource indicator value (RIV) as defined TS 38.214 [19] with assumptions as described in TS 38.213 [13], clause 12, i.e. setting =275. The first PRB is a PRB determined by subcarrierSpacing of this BWP and offsetToCarrier (configured in SCS-SpecificCarrier contained within FrequencyInfoDL / FrequencyInfoUL / FrequencyInfoUL-SIB / FrequencyInfoDL-SIB within ServingCellConfigCommon / ServingCellConfigCommonSIB) corresponding to this subcarrier spacing. In case of TDD, a BWP-pair (UL BWP and DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) must have the same center frequency (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 12)
                INTEGER (0..37949), 
    
subcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing to be used in this BWP for all channels and reference signals unless explicitly configured elsewhere. Corresponds to subcarrier spacing according to TS 38.211 [16], table 4.2-1. The value kHz15 corresponds to µ=0, valuekHz30corresponds to µ=1, and so on. Only the values 15 kHz, 30 kHz, or 60 kHz (FR1), and 60 kHz or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable. For the initial DL BWP this field has the same value as the field subCarrierSpacingCommon in MIB of the same serving cell. Except for SUL, the network ensures the same subcarrier spacing is used in active DL BWP and active UL BWP within a serving cell.
                   SubcarrierSpacing, 
    
cyclicPrefixIndicates whether to use the extended cyclic prefix for this bandwidth part. If not set, the UE uses the normal cyclic prefix. Normal CP is supported for all subcarrier spacings and slot formats. Extended CP is supported only for 60 kHz subcarrier spacing. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.2). Except for SUL, the network ensures the same cyclic prefix length is used in active DL BWP and active UL BWP within a serving cell.
                        ENUMERATED { extended }                                                 OPTIONAL  -- Need R
} 
 -- TAG-BWP-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BWP field descriptions
cyclicPrefix
Indicates whether to use the extended cyclic prefix for this bandwidth part. If not set, the UE uses the normal cyclic prefix. Normal CP is supported for all subcarrier spacings and slot formats. Extended CP is supported only for 60 kHz subcarrier spacing. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.2). Except for SUL, the network ensures the same cyclic prefix length is used in active DL BWP and active UL BWP within a serving cell.
locationAndBandwidth
Frequency domain location and bandwidth of this bandwidth part. The value of the field shall be interpreted as resource indicator value (RIV) as defined TS 38.214 [19] with assumptions as described in TS 38.213 [13], clause 12, i.e. setting =275. The first PRB is a PRB determined by subcarrierSpacing of this BWP and offsetToCarrier (configured in SCS-SpecificCarrier contained within FrequencyInfoDL / FrequencyInfoUL / FrequencyInfoUL-SIB / FrequencyInfoDL-SIB within ServingCellConfigCommon / ServingCellConfigCommonSIB) corresponding to this subcarrier spacing. In case of TDD, a BWP-pair (UL BWP and DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) must have the same center frequency (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 12)
subcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing to be used in this BWP for all channels and reference signals unless explicitly configured elsewhere. Corresponds to subcarrier spacing according to TS 38.211 [16], table 4.2-1. The value kHz15 corresponds to µ=0, valuekHz30corresponds to µ=1, and so on. Only the values 15 kHz, 30 kHz, or 60 kHz (FR1), and 60 kHz or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable. For the initial DL BWP this field has the same value as the field subCarrierSpacingCommon in MIB of the same serving cell. Except for SUL, the network ensures the same subcarrier spacing is used in active DL BWP and active UL BWP within a serving cell.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINK-START
BWP-Downlink ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
bwp-IdAn identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular bandwidth part.
The network configures the BWPs with consecutive IDs from 1. The Network does not include the value 0, since value 0 is reserved for the initial BWP.
                              BWP-Id, 
    bwp-Common                          BWP-DownlinkCommon                       OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SetupOtherBWP
    bwp-Dedicated                       BWP-DownlinkDedicated                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SetupOtherBWP
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINK-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BWP-Downlink field descriptions
bwp-Id
An identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular bandwidth part.
The network configures the BWPs with consecutive IDs from 1. The Network does not include the value 0, since value 0 is reserved for the initial BWP.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
SetupOtherBWP
The field is mandatory present upon configuration of a new DL BWP. The field is optionally present, Need M, otherwise. 

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINKCOMMON-START
BWP-DownlinkCommon ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    genericParameters                   BWP,
    
pdcch-ConfigCommonCell specific parameters for the PDCCH of this BWP.
                  SetupRelease { PDCCH-ConfigCommon }                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
pdsch-ConfigCommonCell specific parameters for the PDSCH of this BWP.
                  SetupRelease { PDSCH-ConfigCommon }                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINKCOMMON-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BWP-DownlinkCommon field descriptions
pdcch-ConfigCommon
Cell specific parameters for the PDCCH of this BWP.
pdsch-ConfigCommon
Cell specific parameters for the PDSCH of this BWP.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINKDEDICATED-START
BWP-DownlinkDedicated ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    
pdcch-ConfigUE specific PDCCH configuration for one BWP.
                        SetupRelease { PDCCH-Config }                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
pdsch-ConfigUE specific PDSCH configuration for one BWP.
                        SetupRelease { PDSCH-Config }                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
sps-ConfigUE specific SPS (Semi-Persistent Scheduling) configuration for one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure sps-Config when there is an active configured downlink assignment (see TS 38.321 [3]). However, the NW may release the sps-Config at any time. 
                          SetupRelease { SPS-Config }                                             OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
radioLinkMonitoringConfigUE specific configuration of radio link monitoring for detecting cell- and beam radio link failure occasions.The maximum number of failure detection resources should be limited up to 8 for both cell and beam radio link failure detection in Rel-15.
           SetupRelease { RadioLinkMonitoringConfig }                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINKDEDICATED-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BWP-DownlinkDedicated field descriptions
pdcch-Config
UE specific PDCCH configuration for one BWP.
pdsch-Config
UE specific PDSCH configuration for one BWP.
sps-Config
UE specific SPS (Semi-Persistent Scheduling) configuration for one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure sps-Config when there is an active configured downlink assignment (see TS 38.321 [3]). However, the NW may release the sps-Config at any time. 
radioLinkMonitoringConfig
UE specific configuration of radio link monitoring for detecting cell- and beam radio link failure occasions.The maximum number of failure detection resources should be limited up to 8 for both cell and beam radio link failure detection in Rel-15.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BWP-ID-START
BWP-Id ::=                          INTEGER (0..maxNrofBWPs) 
 -- TAG-BWP-ID-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BWP-UPLINK-START
BWP-Uplink ::=                      SEQUENCE { 
    
bwp-IdAn identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular bandwidth part.
The network configures the BWPs with consecutive IDs from 1.The Network does not include the value 0, since value 0 is reserved for the initial BWP.
                              BWP-Id, 
    bwp-Common                          BWP-UplinkCommon                                            OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SetupOtherBWP
    bwp-Dedicated                       BWP-UplinkDedicated                                         OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SetupOtherBWP
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-BWP-UPLINK-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BWP-Uplink field descriptions
bwp-Id
An identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular bandwidth part.
The network configures the BWPs with consecutive IDs from 1.The Network does not include the value 0, since value 0 is reserved for the initial BWP.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
SetupOtherBWP
The field is mandatory present upon configuration of a new UL BWP. The field is optionally present, Need M, otherwise. 

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BWP-UPLINKCOMMON-START
BWP-UplinkCommon ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    genericParameters                   BWP,
    
rach-ConfigCommonConfiguration of cell specific random access parameters which the UE uses for contention based and contention free random access as well as for contention based beam failure recovery in this BWP. The NW configures SSB-based RA (and hence RACH-ConfigCommon) only for UL BWPs if the linked DL BWPs (same bwp-Id as UL-BWP) are the initial DL BWPs or DL BWPs containing the SSB associated to the initial DL BWP. The network configures rach-ConfigCommon, whenever it configures contention free random access (for reconfiguration with sync or for beam failure recovery). 
                   SetupRelease { RACH-ConfigCommon }                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
pusch-ConfigCommonCell specific parameters for the PUSCH of this BWP.
                  SetupRelease { PUSCH-ConfigCommon }                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
pucch-ConfigCommonCell specific parameters for the PUCCH of this BWP. 
                  SetupRelease { PUCCH-ConfigCommon }                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-BWP-UPLINKCOMMON-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BWP-UplinkCommon field descriptions
pucch-ConfigCommon
Cell specific parameters for the PUCCH of this BWP. 
pusch-ConfigCommon
Cell specific parameters for the PUSCH of this BWP.
rach-ConfigCommon
Configuration of cell specific random access parameters which the UE uses for contention based and contention free random access as well as for contention based beam failure recovery in this BWP. The NW configures SSB-based RA (and hence RACH-ConfigCommon) only for UL BWPs if the linked DL BWPs (same bwp-Id as UL-BWP) are the initial DL BWPs or DL BWPs containing the SSB associated to the initial DL BWP. The network configures rach-ConfigCommon, whenever it configures contention free random access (for reconfiguration with sync or for beam failure recovery). 

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-BWP-UPLINKDEDICATED-START
BWP-UplinkDedicated ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    
pucch-ConfigPUCCH configuration for one BWP of the normal UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL, the network configures PUCCH only on the BWPs of one of the uplinks (normal UL or SUL). The network configures PUCCH-Configat least on non-initial BWP(s) for SpCell and on all BWP(s) for PUCCH SCell. If supported by the UE, the network may configure at most one additional SCell of a cell group with PUCCH-Config (i.e. PUCCH SCell).
In(NG)EN-DC and NE-DC, the NW configures at most one serving cell per frequency range with PUCCH. In (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC, if two PUCCH groups are configured, the serving cells of the NR PUCCH group in FR2 use the same numerology. For NR-DC, the maximum number of PUCCH groups in each cell group is one, and only the same numerology is supported for the cell group with carriers only in FR2.
The NW may configure PUCCH for a BWP when setting up the BWP. The network may also add/remove the pucch-Config in an RRCReconfiguration with reconfigurationWithSync(for SpCell or PUCCH SCell) or with SCell release and add (for PUCCH SCell) to move the PUCCH between the UL and SUL carrier of one serving cell. In other cases, only modifications of a previously configured pucch-Config are allowed.
If one (S)UL BWP of a serving cell is configured with PUCCH, all other (S)UL BWPs must be configured with PUCCH, too.
                        SetupRelease { PUCCH-Config }                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
pusch-ConfigPUSCH configuration for one BWP of the normal UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL and if it has a PUSCH-Config for both UL and SUL, an UL/SUL indicator field in DCI indicates which of the two to use. See TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.
                        SetupRelease { PUSCH-Config }                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
configuredGrantConfigA Configured-Grant of type1 or type2. It may be configured for UL or SUL but in case of type1 not for both at a time. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure configuredGrantConfigwhen there is an active configured uplink grant Type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3]). However, the NW may release the configuredGrantConfigat any time.
               SetupRelease { ConfiguredGrantConfig }                          OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
srs-ConfigUplink sounding reference signal configuration.
                          SetupRelease { SRS-Config }                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
beamFailureRecoveryConfigConfiguration of beam failure recovery. If supplementaryUplink is present, the field is present only in one of the uplink carriers, either UL or SUL.
           SetupRelease { BeamFailureRecoveryConfig }                      OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SpCellOnly
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-BWP-UPLINKDEDICATED-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

BWP-UplinkDedicated field descriptions
beamFailureRecoveryConfig
Configuration of beam failure recovery. If supplementaryUplink is present, the field is present only in one of the uplink carriers, either UL or SUL.
configuredGrantConfig
A Configured-Grant of type1 or type2. It may be configured for UL or SUL but in case of type1 not for both at a time. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure configuredGrantConfigwhen there is an active configured uplink grant Type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3]). However, the NW may release the configuredGrantConfigat any time.
pucch-Config
PUCCH configuration for one BWP of the normal UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL, the network configures PUCCH only on the BWPs of one of the uplinks (normal UL or SUL). The network configures PUCCH-Configat least on non-initial BWP(s) for SpCell and on all BWP(s) for PUCCH SCell. If supported by the UE, the network may configure at most one additional SCell of a cell group with PUCCH-Config (i.e. PUCCH SCell).
In(NG)EN-DC and NE-DC, the NW configures at most one serving cell per frequency range with PUCCH. In (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC, if two PUCCH groups are configured, the serving cells of the NR PUCCH group in FR2 use the same numerology. For NR-DC, the maximum number of PUCCH groups in each cell group is one, and only the same numerology is supported for the cell group with carriers only in FR2.
The NW may configure PUCCH for a BWP when setting up the BWP. The network may also add/remove the pucch-Config in an RRCReconfiguration with reconfigurationWithSync(for SpCell or PUCCH SCell) or with SCell release and add (for PUCCH SCell) to move the PUCCH between the UL and SUL carrier of one serving cell. In other cases, only modifications of a previously configured pucch-Config are allowed.
If one (S)UL BWP of a serving cell is configured with PUCCH, all other (S)UL BWPs must be configured with PUCCH, too.
pusch-Config
PUSCH configuration for one BWP of the normal UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL and if it has a PUSCH-Config for both UL and SUL, an UL/SUL indicator field in DCI indicates which of the two to use. See TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.
srs-Config
Uplink sounding reference signal configuration.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
SpCellOnly
The field is optionally present, Need M, in the BWP-UplinkDedicated of an SpCell. It is absent otherwise. 

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFO-START
CellAccessRelatedInfo   ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityInfoListTheplmn-IdentityInfoList is used to configure a set of PLMN-IdentityInfo elements. Each of those elements contains a list of one or more PLMN Identities and additional information associated with those PLMNs. The total number of PLMNs in the PLMN-IdentityInfoList does not exceed 12. A PLMN-identity can be included only once, and in only one entry of thePLMN-IdentityInfoList. The PLMN index is defined as b1+b2+…+b(n-1)+iforthePLMN included at the n-th entry of PLMN-IdentityInfoList and the i-th entry of its corresponding PLMN-IdentityInfo, where b(j) is the number of PLMN-Identity entries in each PLMN-IdentityInfo, respectively.
               PLMN-IdentityInfoList, 
    
cellReservedForOtherUseIndicates whether the cell is reserved, as defined in 38.304 [20]. The field is applicable to all PLMNs.
             ENUMERATED {true}  OPTIONAL,            -- Need R
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFO-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CellAccessRelatedInfo field descriptions
cellReservedForOtherUse
Indicates whether the cell is reserved, as defined in 38.304 [20]. The field is applicable to all PLMNs.
plmn-IdentityInfoList
Theplmn-IdentityInfoList is used to configure a set of PLMN-IdentityInfo elements. Each of those elements contains a list of one or more PLMN Identities and additional information associated with those PLMNs. The total number of PLMNs in the PLMN-IdentityInfoList does not exceed 12. A PLMN-identity can be included only once, and in only one entry of thePLMN-IdentityInfoList. The PLMN index is defined as b1+b2+…+b(n-1)+iforthePLMN included at the n-th entry of PLMN-IdentityInfoList and the i-th entry of its corresponding PLMN-IdentityInfo, where b(j) is the number of PLMN-Identity entries in each PLMN-IdentityInfo, respectively.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFOEUTRA-5GC-START
CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-5GC  ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-IdentityList-eutra-5gc             PLMN-IdentityList-EUTRA-5GC, 
    trackingAreaCode-eutra-5gc              TrackingAreaCode, 
    ranac-5gc                               RAN-AreaCode                                OPTIONAL,
    cellIdentity-eutra-5gc                  CellIdentity-EUTRA-5GC 
} 
PLMN-IdentityList-EUTRA-5GC::=          SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF PLMN-Identity-EUTRA-5GC 
PLMN-Identity-EUTRA-5GC ::=             CHOICE { 
    plmn-Identity-EUTRA-5GC                 PLMN-Identity, 
 plmn-index                              INTEGER (1..maxPLMN) 
} 
CellIdentity-EUTRA-5GC ::=              CHOICE { 
    cellIdentity-EUTRA                      BIT STRING (SIZE (28)), 
cellId-index                            INTEGER (1..maxPLMN) 
} 
 -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFOEUTRA-5GC-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFOEUTRA-EPC-START
CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-EPC  ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-IdentityList-eutra-epc             PLMN-IdentityList-EUTRA-EPC, 
    trackingAreaCode-eutra-epc              BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    cellIdentity-eutra-epc                  BIT STRING (SIZE (28)) 
} 
PLMN-IdentityList-EUTRA-EPC::=          SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF PLMN-Identity 
 -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFOEUTRA-EPC-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CELLGROUPCONFIG-START
 -- Configuration of one Cell-Group:
CellGroupConfig ::=                         SEQUENCE { 
    cellGroupId                                 CellGroupId, 
    
rlc-BearerToAddModListConfiguration of the MAC Logical Channel, the corresponding RLC entities and association with radio bearers.
                      SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF RLC-BearerConfig            OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    rlc-BearerToReleaseList                     SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF LogicalChannelIdentity      OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
mac-CellGroupConfigMAC parameters applicable for the entire cell group.
                         MAC-CellGroupConfig              OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    physicalCellGroupConfig                     PhysicalCellGroupConfig          OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
spCellConfigParameters for the SpCell of this cell group (PCell of MCG or PSCell of SCG). 
                                SpCellConfig                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
sCellToAddModListList of seconary serving cells (SCells) to be added or modified.
                           SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSCells)) OF SCellConfig           OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
sCellToReleaseListList of secondary serving cells (SCells) to be released.
                          SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSCells)) OF SCellIndex            OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentEnables reporting of uplink and supplementary uplink Direct Current location information upon BWP configuration and reconfiguration. This field is only present when the BWP configuration is modified or any serving cell is added or removed. This field is absent in the IE CellGroupConfig when provided as part of RRCSetup message. If UE is configured with SUL carrier, UE reports both UL and SUL Direct Current locations.
            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL  -- Cond BWP-Reconfig
    ]] 
} 
 -- Serving cell specific MAC and PHY parameters for a SpCell:
SpCellConfig ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    
servCellIndexServing cell ID of a PSCell. The PCell of the Master Cell Group uses ID = 0.
                       ServCellIndex                          OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SCG
    
reconfigurationWithSyncParameters for the synchronous reconfiguration to the target SpCell.
             ReconfigurationWithSync                OPTIONAL,   -- Cond ReconfWithSync
    
rlf-TimersAndConstantsTimers and constants for detecting and triggering cell-level radio link failure. For the SCG, rlf-TimersAndConstants can only be set to setup and is always included at SCG addition.
              SetupRelease { RLF-TimersAndConstants } OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThresholdBLER threshold pair index for IS/OOS indication generation, see TS 38.133 [14], table 8.1.1-1. n1 corresponds to the value 1. When the field is absent, the UE applies the value 0. Whenever this is reconfigured, UE resets N310 and N311, and stops T310, if running.Network does not include this field.
         ENUMERATED {n1}                         OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    spCellConfigDedicated               ServingCellConfig                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    ... 
} 
ReconfigurationWithSync ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    spCellConfigCommon                  ServingCellConfigCommon                                         OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    newUE-Identity                      RNTI-Value, 
    t304                                ENUMERATED {ms50, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms10000}, 
 
rach-ConfigDedicatedRandom access configuration to be used for the reconfiguration with sync (e.g. handover). The UE performs the RA according to these parameters in the firstActiveUplinkBWP (see UplinkConfig).
                CHOICE { 
        uplink                           RACH-ConfigDedicated, 
        supplementaryUplink              RACH-ConfigDedicated 
    }                                                                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
smtcThe SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR SCell addition. The network sets the periodicityAndOffset to indicate the same periodicity as ssb-periodicityServingCell in sCellConfigCommon. The smtcis based on the timing of theSpCell of associated cell group. In case of inter-RAT handover to NR, the timing reference is the NR PCell. In case of intra-NR PCell change (standalone NR) or NR PSCell change (EN-DC), the timing reference is the target SpCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
                                SSB-MTC                                                     OPTIONAL  -- Need S
    ]] 
} 
SCellConfig ::=                     SEQUENCE { 
    sCellIndex                          SCellIndex, 
    sCellConfigCommon                   ServingCellConfigCommon                  OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SCellAdd
    sCellConfigDedicated                ServingCellConfig                     OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SCellAddMod
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
smtcThe SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR SCell addition. The network sets the periodicityAndOffset to indicate the same periodicity as ssb-periodicityServingCell in sCellConfigCommon. The smtcis based on the timing of theSpCell of associated cell group. In case of inter-RAT handover to NR, the timing reference is the NR PCell. In case of intra-NR PCell change (standalone NR) or NR PSCell change (EN-DC), the timing reference is the target SpCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
                                SSB-MTC                           OPTIONAL  -- Need S
    ]] 
} 
 -- TAG-CELLGROUPCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CellGroupConfig field descriptions
mac-CellGroupConfig
MAC parameters applicable for the entire cell group.
rlc-BearerToAddModList
Configuration of the MAC Logical Channel, the corresponding RLC entities and association with radio bearers.
reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent
Enables reporting of uplink and supplementary uplink Direct Current location information upon BWP configuration and reconfiguration. This field is only present when the BWP configuration is modified or any serving cell is added or removed. This field is absent in the IE CellGroupConfig when provided as part of RRCSetup message. If UE is configured with SUL carrier, UE reports both UL and SUL Direct Current locations.
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold
BLER threshold pair index for IS/OOS indication generation, see TS 38.133 [14], table 8.1.1-1. n1 corresponds to the value 1. When the field is absent, the UE applies the value 0. Whenever this is reconfigured, UE resets N310 and N311, and stops T310, if running.Network does not include this field.
sCellToAddModList
List of seconary serving cells (SCells) to be added or modified.
sCellToReleaseList
List of secondary serving cells (SCells) to be released.
spCellConfig
Parameters for the SpCell of this cell group (PCell of MCG or PSCell of SCG). 


ReconfigurationWithSync field descriptions
rach-ConfigDedicated
Random access configuration to be used for the reconfiguration with sync (e.g. handover). The UE performs the RA according to these parameters in the firstActiveUplinkBWP (see UplinkConfig).
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR PSCell change,NR PCell change and (for NR-DC) NR PSCell addition. The network sets the periodicityAndOffset to indicate the same periodicity as ssb-periodicityServingCell in spCellConfigCommon. For case of NR PCell change and NR PSCell addition, the smtcis based on the timing reference of (source)PCell. For case of NR PSCell change, it is based on the timing reference of source PSCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing,as configured before the reception of the RRC message.


SCellConfig field descriptions
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR SCell addition. The network sets the periodicityAndOffset to indicate the same periodicity as ssb-periodicityServingCell in sCellConfigCommon. The smtcis based on the timing of theSpCell of associated cell group. In case of inter-RAT handover to NR, the timing reference is the NR PCell. In case of intra-NR PCell change (standalone NR) or NR PSCell change (EN-DC), the timing reference is the target SpCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.


SpCellConfig field descriptions
reconfigurationWithSync
Parameters for the synchronous reconfiguration to the target SpCell.
rlf-TimersAndConstants
Timers and constants for detecting and triggering cell-level radio link failure. For the SCG, rlf-TimersAndConstants can only be set to setup and is always included at SCG addition.
servCellIndex
Serving cell ID of a PSCell. The PCell of the Master Cell Group uses ID = 0.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
BWP-Reconfig
The field is optionally present, Need N, if the BWPs are reconfigured or if serving cells are added or removed. Otherwise it is absent. 
ReconfWithSync
The field is mandatory present in the RRCReconfiguration message:
-in each configured CellGroupConfig for which the SpCell changes,
-in the masterCellGroupat change of AS security key derived from KgNB,
-in the secondaryCellGroup at:
-PSCell addition,
-update of required SI for PSCell,
-change of AS security key derived from S-KgNBin NR-DC while the UE is configured with at least one radio bearer with keyToUse set to secondary and that is not released by this RRCReconfiguration message.
-MN handover in (NG)EN-DC.
Otherwise it is optionally present, need M. The field is absent in RRCResume or RRCSetup messages.
SCellAdd
The field is mandatory present upon SCell addition; otherwise it is absent, Need M.
SCellAddMod
The field is mandatory present upon SCell addition; otherwise it is optionally present, need M.
SCG
The field is mandatory present in an SpCellConfig for the PSCell. It is absent otherwise. 

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CELLGROUPID-START
CellGroupId ::=                             INTEGER (0.. maxSecondaryCellGroups) 
 -- TAG-CELLGROUPID-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CELLIDENTITY-START
CellIdentity ::=                     BIT STRING (SIZE (36)) 
 -- TAG-CELLIDENTITY-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CELLRESELECTIONPRIORITY-START
CellReselectionPriority ::=             INTEGER (0..7) 
 -- TAG-CELLRESELECTIONPRIORITY-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CELLRESELECTIONSUBPRIORITY-START
CellReselectionSubPriority ::=          ENUMERATED {oDot2, oDot4, oDot6, oDot8} 
 -- TAG-CELLRESELECTIONSUBPRIORITY-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CGI-INFOEUTRA-START
CGI-InfoEUTRA ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    cgi-info-EPC                            SEQUENCE { 
            cgi-info-EPC-legacy                     CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-EPC, 
            cgi-info-EPC-list                       SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-EPC     OPTIONAL 
    }                                      OPTIONAL,
    cgi-info-5GC                            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-5GC       OPTIONAL,
    freqBandIndicator                       FreqBandIndicatorEUTRA, 
    multiBandInfoList                       MultiBandInfoListEUTRA                                              OPTIONAL,
    freqBandIndicatorPriority               ENUMERATED {true}                                                   OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- TAG-CGI-INFOEUTRA-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CGI-INFO-NR-START
CGI-InfoNR ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-IdentityInfoList               PLMN-IdentityInfoList            OPTIONAL,
    frequencyBandList                   MultiFrequencyBandListNR            OPTIONAL,
    
noSIB1Contains ssb-SubcarrierOffset and pdcch-ConfigSIB1 fields acquired by the UE from MIB of the cell for which report CGI procedure was requested by the network in case SIB1 was not broadcast by the cell.
                              SEQUENCE { 
        ssb-SubcarrierOffset                INTEGER (0..15), 
        pdcch-ConfigSIB1                    PDCCH-ConfigSIB1 
    }                                                                       OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-CGI-INFO-NR-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CGI-InfoNRfield descriptions
noSIB1
Contains ssb-SubcarrierOffset and pdcch-ConfigSIB1 fields acquired by the UE from MIB of the cell for which report CGI procedure was requested by the network in case SIB1 was not broadcast by the cell.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CODEBOOKCONFIG-START
CodebookConfig ::=                                  SEQUENCE { 
    
codebookTypeCodebookType including possibly sub-types and the corresponding parameters for each (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2).
                                        CHOICE { 
        type1                                               SEQUENCE { 
            subType                                      CHOICE { 
                typeI-SinglePanel                                   SEQUENCE { 
                    nrOfAntennaPorts                                    CHOICE { 
                        two                                                 SEQUENCE { 
                            
twoTX-CodebookSubsetRestrictionCodebook subset restriction for 2TX codebook (see TS 38.214 [19]clause 5.2.2.2.1).
                     BIT STRING (SIZE (6)) 
                        }, 
                        moreThanTwo                                         SEQUENCE { 
                            
n1-n2Number of antenna ports in first (n1) and second (n2) dimension and codebook subset restriction (see TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.2.2.2.1).
                                               CHOICE { 
                                two-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction               BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), 
                                two-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction               BIT STRING (SIZE (64)), 
                                four-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction              BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
                                three-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction             BIT STRING (SIZE (96)), 
                                six-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction               BIT STRING (SIZE (24)), 
                                four-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction              BIT STRING (SIZE (128)), 
                                eight-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction             BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
                                four-three-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction            BIT STRING (SIZE (192)), 
                                six-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction               BIT STRING (SIZE (192)), 
                                twelve-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction            BIT STRING (SIZE (48)), 
                                four-four-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction             BIT STRING (SIZE (256)), 
                                eight-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction             BIT STRING (SIZE (256)), 
                                sixteen-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction           BIT STRING (SIZE (64)) 
                            }, 
                            
typeI-SinglePanel-codebookSubsetRestriction-i2i2 codebook subset restriction for Type I Single-panel codebook used when reportQuantity is CRI/Ri/i1/CQI (see TS 38.214 [19]clause 5.2.2.2.1).
      BIT STRING (SIZE (16))   OPTIONAL  -- Need R
                        } 
                    }, 
                    
typeI-SinglePanel-ri-RestrictionRestriction for RI for TypeI-SinglePanel-RI-Restriction (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.1).
                    BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) 
                }, 
                typeI-MultiPanel                                    SEQUENCE { 
                    
ng-n1-n2Codebook subset restriction for Type I Multi-panel codebook (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.2).
                                                CHOICE { 
                        two-two-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction                BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), 
                        two-four-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction               BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
                        four-two-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction               BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), 
                        two-two-two-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction                BIT STRING (SIZE (64)), 
                        two-eight-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction              BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
                        four-four-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction              BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
                        two-four-two-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction               BIT STRING (SIZE (128)), 
                        four-two-two-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction               BIT STRING (SIZE (64)) 
                    }, 
                    
ri-RestrictionRestriction for RI for TypeI-MultiPanel-RI-Restriction (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.2).
                          BIT STRING (SIZE (4)) 
                } 
            }, 
            
codebookModeCodebookMode as specified in TS 38.214 [19],clause 5.2.2.2.2.
                                        INTEGER (1..2) 
        }, 
        type2                                   SEQUENCE { 
            subType                                 CHOICE { 
                typeII                                  SEQUENCE { 
                    
n1-n2-codebookSubsetRestrictionNumber of antenna ports in first (n1) and second (n2) dimension and codebook subset restriction (see TS 38.214 [19]clause 5.2.2.2.3).
Number of bits for codebook subset restriction is CEIL(log2(nchoosek(O1*O2,4)))+8*n1*n2 where nchoosek(a,b) = a!/(b!(a-b)!).
         CHOICE { 
                        two-one                                 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
                        two-two                                 BIT STRING (SIZE (43)), 
                        four-one                                BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
                        three-two                               BIT STRING (SIZE (59)), 
                        six-one                                 BIT STRING (SIZE (48)), 
                        four-two                                BIT STRING (SIZE (75)), 
                        eight-one                               BIT STRING (SIZE (64)), 
                        four-three                              BIT STRING (SIZE (107)), 
                        six-two                                 BIT STRING (SIZE (107)), 
                        twelve-one                              BIT STRING (SIZE (96)), 
                        four-four                               BIT STRING (SIZE (139)), 
                        eight-two                               BIT STRING (SIZE (139)), 
                        sixteen-one                             BIT STRING (SIZE (128)) 
                    }, 
                    
typeII-RI-RestrictionRestriction for RI for TypeII-RI-Restriction (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.3).
                   BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) 
                }, 
                typeII-PortSelection                    SEQUENCE { 
                    
portSelectionSamplingSizeThe size of the port selection codebook (parameter d).
               ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4}              OPTIONAL,       -- Need R
                    
typeII-PortSelectionRI-RestrictionRestriction for RI for TypeII-PortSelection-RI-Restriction (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4).
      BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) 
                } 
            }, 
            
phaseAlphabetSizeThe size of the PSK alphabet, QPSK or 8-PSK.
                       ENUMERATED {n4, n8}, 
            
subbandAmplitudeIf subband amplitude reporting is activated (true).
                        BOOLEAN,
            
numberOfBeamsNumber of beams, L, used for linear combination.
                           ENUMERATED {two, three, four} 
        } 
    } 
} 
 -- TAG-CODEBOOKCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CodebookConfig field descriptions
codebookMode
CodebookMode as specified in TS 38.214 [19],clause 5.2.2.2.2.
codebookType
CodebookType including possibly sub-types and the corresponding parameters for each (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2).
n1-n2-codebookSubsetRestriction
Number of antenna ports in first (n1) and second (n2) dimension and codebook subset restriction (see TS 38.214 [19]clause 5.2.2.2.3).
Number of bits for codebook subset restriction is CEIL(log2(nchoosek(O1*O2,4)))+8*n1*n2 where nchoosek(a,b) = a!/(b!(a-b)!).
n1-n2
Number of antenna ports in first (n1) and second (n2) dimension and codebook subset restriction (see TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.2.2.2.1).
ng-n1-n2
Codebook subset restriction for Type I Multi-panel codebook (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.2).
numberOfBeams
Number of beams, L, used for linear combination.
phaseAlphabetSize
The size of the PSK alphabet, QPSK or 8-PSK.
portSelectionSamplingSize
The size of the port selection codebook (parameter d).
ri-Restriction
Restriction for RI for TypeI-MultiPanel-RI-Restriction (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.2).
subbandAmplitude
If subband amplitude reporting is activated (true).
twoTX-CodebookSubsetRestriction
Codebook subset restriction for 2TX codebook (see TS 38.214 [19]clause 5.2.2.2.1).
typeI-SinglePanel-codebookSubsetRestriction-i2
i2 codebook subset restriction for Type I Single-panel codebook used when reportQuantity is CRI/Ri/i1/CQI (see TS 38.214 [19]clause 5.2.2.2.1).
typeI-SinglePanel-ri-Restriction
Restriction for RI for TypeI-SinglePanel-RI-Restriction (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.1).
typeII-PortSelectionRI-Restriction
Restriction for RI for TypeII-PortSelection-RI-Restriction (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4).
typeII-RI-Restriction
Restriction for RI for TypeII-RI-Restriction (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.3).

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIG-START
ConfiguredGrantConfig ::=           SEQUENCE { 
    
frequencyHoppingThe value intraSlot enables 'Intra-slot frequency hopping' and the value interSlot enables 'Inter-slot frequency hopping'. If the field is absent, frequency hopping is not configured.
                    ENUMERATED {intraSlot, interSlot}      OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
cg-DMRS-ConfigurationDMRS configuration (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
               DMRS-UplinkConfig, 
    
mcs-TableIndicates the MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH without transform precoding. If the field is absent the UE applies the value qam64.
                           ENUMERATED {qam256, qam64LowSE}                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
mcs-TableTransformPrecoderIndicates the MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH with transform precoding. If the field is absent the UE applies the value qam64.
          ENUMERATED {qam256, qam64LowSE}                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
uci-OnPUSCHSelection between and configuration of dynamic and semi-static beta-offset. For Type 1 UL data transmission without grant, uci-OnPUSCH should be set to semiStatic.
                         SetupRelease { CG-UCI-OnPUSCH }                                         OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
resourceAllocationConfiguration of resource allocation type 0 and resource allocation type 1. For Type 1 UL data transmission without grant, resourceAllocation should be resourceAllocationType0 or resourceAllocationType1.
                  ENUMERATED { resourceAllocationType0, resourceAllocationType1, dynamicSwitch }, 
    
rbg-SizeSelection between configuration 1 and configuration 2 for RBG size for PUSCH. The UE does not apply this field if resourceAllocation is set to resourceAllocationType1. Otherwise, the UE applies the value config1 when the field is absent. Note: rbg-Size is used when the transformPrecoder parameter is disabled.
                            ENUMERATED {config2}                                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
powerControlLoopToUseClosed control loop to apply (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 7.1.1).
               ENUMERATED {n0, n1}, 
    
p0-PUSCH-AlphaIndex of the P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet to be used for this configuration.
                      P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId, 
    
transformPrecoderEnables or disables transform precoding for type1 and type2. If the field is absent, the UE enables or disables transform precoding in accordance with the field msg3-transformPrecoder in RACH-ConfigCommon, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.3.
                   ENUMERATED {enabled, disabled}                                          OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
nrofHARQ-ProcessesThe number of HARQ processes configured. It applies for both Type 1 and Type 2. See TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.4.1.
                  INTEGER(1..16),
    
repKNumber of repetitions K, see TS 38.214 [19].
                                ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8}, 
    
repK-RVThe redundancy version (RV) sequence to use. See TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2. The network configures this field if repetitions are used, i.e., if repK is set to n2, n4 or n8. Otherwise, the field is absent.
                             ENUMERATED {s1-0231, s2-0303, s3-0000}                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
periodicityPeriodicity for UL transmission without UL grant for type 1 and type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2).
The following periodicities are supported depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]:
15 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 320, 640}
30 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 640, 1280}
60 kHz with normal CP2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1280, 2560}
60 kHz with ECP:2, 6, n*12, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1280, 2560}
120 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560, 5120}
                         ENUMERATED { 
                                                sym2, sym7, sym1x14, sym2x14, sym4x14, sym5x14, sym8x14, sym10x14, sym16x14, sym20x14, 
                                                sym32x14, sym40x14, sym64x14, sym80x14, sym128x14, sym160x14, sym256x14, sym320x14, sym512x14, 
                                                sym640x14, sym1024x14, sym1280x14, sym2560x14, sym5120x14, 
                                                sym6, sym1x12, sym2x12, sym4x12, sym5x12, sym8x12, sym10x12, sym16x12, sym20x12, sym32x12, 
                                                sym40x12, sym64x12, sym80x12, sym128x12, sym160x12, sym256x12, sym320x12, sym512x12, sym640x12, 
                                                sym1280x12, sym2560x12 
    }, 
    
configuredGrantTimerIndicates the initial value of the configured grant timer (see TS 38.321 [3]) in multiples of periodicity. 
                    INTEGER (1..64)                                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
rrc-ConfiguredUplinkGrantConfiguration for "configured grant" transmission with fully RRC-configured UL grant (Type1). If this field is absent the UE uses UL grant configured by DCI addressed to CS-RNTI (Type2). Type 1 configured grant may be configured for UL or SUL, but not for both simultaneously.
               SEQUENCE { 
        
timeDomainOffsetOffset related to SFN=0, see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2.
                        INTEGER (0..5119), 
        
timeDomainAllocationIndicates a combination of start symbol and length and PUSCH mapping type, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2 and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.
                    INTEGER  (0..15), 
        
frequencyDomainAllocationIndicates the frequency domain resource allocation, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2, and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1).
               BIT STRING (SIZE(18)), 
        
antennaPortIndicates the antenna port(s) to be used for this configuration, and the maximum bitwidth is 5. See TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2, and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.
                             INTEGER (0..31), 
        
dmrs-SeqInitializationThe network configures this field if transformPrecoder is disabled. Otherwise the field is absent.
                  INTEGER (0..1)                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        
precodingAndNumberOfLayersIndicates the precoding and number of layers (see TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.1.2, and TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
              INTEGER (0..63), 
        
srs-ResourceIndicatorIndicates the SRS resource to be used. 
                   INTEGER (0..15)                                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        
mcsAndTBSThe modulation order, target code rate and TB size (see TS38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2). The NW does not configure the values 28~31 in this version of the specification.
                               INTEGER (0..31), 
        
frequencyHoppingOffsetFrequency hopping offset used when frequency hopping is enabled (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2 and clause 6.3).
                  INTEGER (1.. maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1)            OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        
pathlossReferenceIndexIndicates the reference signal index used as PUSCH pathloss reference (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 7.1.1).
                  INTEGER (0..maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs-1), 
        ... 
    }                                                                                                    OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    ... 
} 
CG-UCI-OnPUSCH ::= CHOICE { 
    dynamic                                 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF BetaOffsets, 
    semiStatic                              BetaOffsets 
} 
 -- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

ConfiguredGrantConfig field descriptions
antennaPort
Indicates the antenna port(s) to be used for this configuration, and the maximum bitwidth is 5. See TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2, and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.
cg-DMRS-Configuration
DMRS configuration (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
configuredGrantTimer
Indicates the initial value of the configured grant timer (see TS 38.321 [3]) in multiples of periodicity. 
dmrs-SeqInitialization
The network configures this field if transformPrecoder is disabled. Otherwise the field is absent.
frequencyDomainAllocation
Indicates the frequency domain resource allocation, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2, and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1).
frequencyHopping
The value intraSlot enables 'Intra-slot frequency hopping' and the value interSlot enables 'Inter-slot frequency hopping'. If the field is absent, frequency hopping is not configured.
frequencyHoppingOffset
Frequency hopping offset used when frequency hopping is enabled (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2 and clause 6.3).
mcs-Table
Indicates the MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH without transform precoding. If the field is absent the UE applies the value qam64.
mcs-TableTransformPrecoder
Indicates the MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH with transform precoding. If the field is absent the UE applies the value qam64.
mcsAndTBS
The modulation order, target code rate and TB size (see TS38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2). The NW does not configure the values 28~31 in this version of the specification.
nrofHARQ-Processes
The number of HARQ processes configured. It applies for both Type 1 and Type 2. See TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.4.1.
p0-PUSCH-Alpha
Index of the P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet to be used for this configuration.
pathlossReferenceIndex
Indicates the reference signal index used as PUSCH pathloss reference (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 7.1.1).
periodicity
Periodicity for UL transmission without UL grant for type 1 and type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2).
The following periodicities are supported depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]:
15 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 320, 640}
30 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 640, 1280}
60 kHz with normal CP2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1280, 2560}
60 kHz with ECP:2, 6, n*12, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1280, 2560}
120 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560, 5120}
powerControlLoopToUse
Closed control loop to apply (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 7.1.1).
precodingAndNumberOfLayers
Indicates the precoding and number of layers (see TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.1.2, and TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
rbg-Size
Selection between configuration 1 and configuration 2 for RBG size for PUSCH. The UE does not apply this field if resourceAllocation is set to resourceAllocationType1. Otherwise, the UE applies the value config1 when the field is absent. Note: rbg-Size is used when the transformPrecoder parameter is disabled.
repK-RV
The redundancy version (RV) sequence to use. See TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2. The network configures this field if repetitions are used, i.e., if repK is set to n2, n4 or n8. Otherwise, the field is absent.
repK
Number of repetitions K, see TS 38.214 [19].
resourceAllocation
Configuration of resource allocation type 0 and resource allocation type 1. For Type 1 UL data transmission without grant, resourceAllocation should be resourceAllocationType0 or resourceAllocationType1.
rrc-ConfiguredUplinkGrant
Configuration for "configured grant" transmission with fully RRC-configured UL grant (Type1). If this field is absent the UE uses UL grant configured by DCI addressed to CS-RNTI (Type2). Type 1 configured grant may be configured for UL or SUL, but not for both simultaneously.
srs-ResourceIndicator
Indicates the SRS resource to be used. 
timeDomainAllocation
Indicates a combination of start symbol and length and PUSCH mapping type, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2 and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.
timeDomainOffset
Offset related to SFN=0, see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2.
transformPrecoder
Enables or disables transform precoding for type1 and type2. If the field is absent, the UE enables or disables transform precoding in accordance with the field msg3-transformPrecoder in RACH-ConfigCommon, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.3.
uci-OnPUSCH
Selection between and configuration of dynamic and semi-static beta-offset. For Type 1 UL data transmission without grant, uci-OnPUSCH should be set to semiStatic.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CONNESTFAILURECONTROL-START
ConnEstFailureControl ::=   SEQUENCE { 
    
connEstFailCountNumber of times that the UE detects T300 expiry on the same cell before applying connEstFailOffset.
                    ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4}, 
    
connEstFailOffsetValidityAmount of time that the UE applies connEstFailOffset before removing the offset from evaluation of the cell. Value s30 corresponds to 30 seconds, values60 corresponds to 60 seconds, and so on.
           ENUMERATED {s30, s60, s120, s240, s300, s420, s600, s900}, 
    
connEstFailOffsetParameter "Qoffsettemp" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the value of infinity shall be used for "Qoffsettemp".
                   INTEGER (0..15)                                                         OPTIONAL  -- Need S
} 
 -- TAG-CONNESTFAILURECONTROL-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

ConnEstFailureControl field descriptions
connEstFailCount
Number of times that the UE detects T300 expiry on the same cell before applying connEstFailOffset.
connEstFailOffset
Parameter "Qoffsettemp" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the value of infinity shall be used for "Qoffsettemp".
connEstFailOffsetValidity
Amount of time that the UE applies connEstFailOffset before removing the offset from evaluation of the cell. Value s30 corresponds to 30 seconds, values60 corresponds to 60 seconds, and so on.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CONTROLRESOURCESET-START
ControlResourceSet ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    
controlResourceSetIdValue 0 identifies the common CORESET configured in MIB and in ServingCellConfigCommon (controlResourceSetZero) and is hence not used here in the ControlResourceSet IE. Values 1..maxNrofControlResourceSets-1 identify CORESETs configured by dedicated signalling or in SIB1. The controlResourceSetId is unique among the BWPs of a serving cell.
                ControlResourceSetId, 
    
frequencyDomainResourcesFrequency domain resources for the CORESET. Each bit corresponds a group of 6 RBs, with grouping starting from the first RB group (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 10.1) in the BWP. The first (left-most / most significant) bit corresponds to the first RB group in the BWP, and so on. A bit that is set to 1 indicates that this RB group belongs to the frequency domain resource of this CORESET. Bits corresponding to a group of RBs not fully contained in the bandwidth part within which the CORESET is configured are set to zero (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
            BIT STRING (SIZE (45)), 
    
durationContiguous time duration of the CORESET in number of symbols (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
                            INTEGER (1..maxCoReSetDuration), 
    
cce-REG-MappingTypeMapping of Control Channel Elements (CCE) to Resource Element Groups (REG) (see TS 38.211 [16], clauses 7.3.2.2 and 7.4.1.3.2).
                 CHOICE { 
        interleaved                         SEQUENCE { 
            
reg-BundleSizeResource Element Groups (REGs) can be bundled to create REG bundles. This parameter defines the size of such bundles (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
                      ENUMERATED {n2, n3, n6}, 
            
interleaverSizeInterleaver-size (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
                     ENUMERATED {n2, n3, n6}, 
            
shiftIndexWhen the field is absent the UE applies the value of the physCellIdconfigured for this serving cell (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
                          INTEGER(0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1)      OPTIONAL  -- Need S
        }, 
        nonInterleaved                      NULL 
    }, 
    
precoderGranularityPrecoder granularity in frequency domain (see TS 38.211 [16], clauses 7.3.2.2 and 7.4.1.3.2).
                 ENUMERATED {sameAsREG-bundle, allContiguousRBs}, 
    
tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddListA subset of the TCI states defined in pdsch-Config included in the BWP-DownlinkDedicated corresponding to the serving cell and to the DL BWP to which the ControlResourceSet belong to. They are used for providing QCL relationships between the DL RS(s) in one RS Set (TCI-State) and the PDCCH DMRS ports (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 6.). The network configures at most maxNrofTCI-StatesPDCCH entries.
           SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrofTCI-StatesPDCCH)) OF TCI-StateId OPTIONAL, -- Cond NotSIB1-initialBWP
    tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList       SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrofTCI-StatesPDCCH)) OF TCI-StateId OPTIONAL, -- Cond NotSIB1-initialBWP
 
tci-PresentInDCIThis field indicates if TCI field is present or absent in DL-related DCI. When the field is absent the UE considers the TCI to be absent/disabled. In case of cross carrier scheduling, the network sets this field to enabled for the ControlResourceSet used for cross carrier scheduling in the scheduling cell (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.5).
                        ENUMERATED {enabled}                                  OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    
pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingIDPDCCH DMRS scrambling initialization (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.3.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value of the physCellId configured for this serving cell.
                 INTEGER (0..65535)                                    OPTIONAL, -- Need S
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-CONTROLRESOURCESET-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

ControlResourceSet field descriptions
cce-REG-MappingType
Mapping of Control Channel Elements (CCE) to Resource Element Groups (REG) (see TS 38.211 [16], clauses 7.3.2.2 and 7.4.1.3.2).
controlResourceSetId
Value 0 identifies the common CORESET configured in MIB and in ServingCellConfigCommon (controlResourceSetZero) and is hence not used here in the ControlResourceSet IE. Values 1..maxNrofControlResourceSets-1 identify CORESETs configured by dedicated signalling or in SIB1. The controlResourceSetId is unique among the BWPs of a serving cell.
duration
Contiguous time duration of the CORESET in number of symbols (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
frequencyDomainResources
Frequency domain resources for the CORESET. Each bit corresponds a group of 6 RBs, with grouping starting from the first RB group (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 10.1) in the BWP. The first (left-most / most significant) bit corresponds to the first RB group in the BWP, and so on. A bit that is set to 1 indicates that this RB group belongs to the frequency domain resource of this CORESET. Bits corresponding to a group of RBs not fully contained in the bandwidth part within which the CORESET is configured are set to zero (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
interleaverSize
Interleaver-size (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID
PDCCH DMRS scrambling initialization (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.3.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value of the physCellId configured for this serving cell.
precoderGranularity
Precoder granularity in frequency domain (see TS 38.211 [16], clauses 7.3.2.2 and 7.4.1.3.2).
reg-BundleSize
Resource Element Groups (REGs) can be bundled to create REG bundles. This parameter defines the size of such bundles (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
shiftIndex
When the field is absent the UE applies the value of the physCellIdconfigured for this serving cell (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
tci-PresentInDCI
This field indicates if TCI field is present or absent in DL-related DCI. When the field is absent the UE considers the TCI to be absent/disabled. In case of cross carrier scheduling, the network sets this field to enabled for the ControlResourceSet used for cross carrier scheduling in the scheduling cell (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.5).
tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList
A subset of the TCI states defined in pdsch-Config included in the BWP-DownlinkDedicated corresponding to the serving cell and to the DL BWP to which the ControlResourceSet belong to. They are used for providing QCL relationships between the DL RS(s) in one RS Set (TCI-State) and the PDCCH DMRS ports (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 6.). The network configures at most maxNrofTCI-StatesPDCCH entries.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
NotSIB1-initialBWP
The field is absent in SIB1 and in the PDCCH-ConfigCommon of the initial BWP in ServingCellConfigCommon, if SIB1 is broadcasted. Otherwise, it is optionally present, Need N.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CONTROLRESOURCESETID-START
ControlResourceSetId ::=                INTEGER (0..maxNrofControlResourceSets-1) 
 -- TAG-CONTROLRESOURCESETID-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CONTROLRESOURCESETZERO-START
ControlResourceSetZero ::=                  INTEGER (0..15) 
 -- TAG-CONTROLRESOURCESETZERO-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-START
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    schedulingCellInfo                      CHOICE { 
        
ownParameters for self-scheduling, i.e., a serving cell is scheduled by its own PDCCH.
                                     SEQUENCE {                   -- Cross carrier scheduling: scheduling cell
            
cif-PresenceThe field is used to indicate whether carrier indicator field is present (value true) or not (value false) in PDCCH DCI formats, see TS 38.213 [13]. If cif-Presence is set to true, the CIF value indicating a grant or assignment for this cell is 0.
                            BOOLEAN 
        }, 
        
otherParameters for cross-carrier scheduling, i.e., a serving cell is scheduled by a PDCCH on another (scheduling) cell. The network configures this field only for SCells.
                                   SEQUENCE {                   -- Cross carrier scheduling: scheduled cell
            
schedulingCellIdIndicates which cell signals the downlink allocations and uplink grants, if applicable, for the concerned SCell. In case the UE is configured with DC, the scheduling cell is part of the same cell group (i.e. MCG or SCG) as the scheduled cell. In case the UE is configured with two PUCCH groups, the scheduling cell and the scheduled cell are within the same PUCCH group.
                        ServCellIndex, 
            
cif-InSchedulingCellThe field indicates the CIF value used in the scheduling cell to indicate a grant or assignment applicable for this cell, see TS 38.213 [13].
                    INTEGER (1..7) 
        } 
    }, 
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig field descriptions
cif-Presence
The field is used to indicate whether carrier indicator field is present (value true) or not (value false) in PDCCH DCI formats, see TS 38.213 [13]. If cif-Presence is set to true, the CIF value indicating a grant or assignment for this cell is 0.
cif-InSchedulingCell
The field indicates the CIF value used in the scheduling cell to indicate a grant or assignment applicable for this cell, see TS 38.213 [13].
other
Parameters for cross-carrier scheduling, i.e., a serving cell is scheduled by a PDCCH on another (scheduling) cell. The network configures this field only for SCells.
own
Parameters for self-scheduling, i.e., a serving cell is scheduled by its own PDCCH.
schedulingCellId
Indicates which cell signals the downlink allocations and uplink grants, if applicable, for the concerned SCell. In case the UE is configured with DC, the scheduling cell is part of the same cell group (i.e. MCG or SCG) as the scheduled cell. In case the UE is configured with two PUCCH groups, the scheduling cell and the scheduled cell are within the same PUCCH group.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-APERIODICTRIGGERSTATELIST-START
CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList ::=   SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrOfCSI-AperiodicTriggers)) OF CSI-AperiodicTriggerState 
CSI-AperiodicTriggerState ::=       SEQUENCE { 
    associatedReportConfigInfoList      SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofReportConfigPerAperiodicTrigger)) OF CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo, 
    ... 
} 
CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo ::=  SEQUENCE { 
    
reportConfigIdThe reportConfigId of one of the CSI-ReportConfigToAddMod configured in CSI-MeasConfig
                   CSI-ReportConfigId, 
    resourcesForChannel                 CHOICE { 
        nzp-CSI-RS                          SEQUENCE { 
            
resourceSetNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet for channel measurements. Entry number in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (value 1 corresponds to the first entry, value 2 to thesecond entry, and so on).
                         INTEGER (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig), 
            
qcl-infoList of references to TCI-States for providing the QCL source and QCL type for each NZP-CSI-RS-Resource listed in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources of the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated by resourceSetwithin nzp-CSI-RS. Each TCI-StateId refers to the TCI-State which has this value for tci-StateId and is defined in tci-StatesToAddModList in the PDSCH-Config included in the BWP-Downlink corresponding to the serving cell and to the DL BWP to which the resourcesForChannelMeasurement (in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above) belong to. First entry in qcl-info corresponds to first entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources of that NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet, second entry in qcl-info corresponds to second entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources, and so on (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.5.1)
                            SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofAP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF TCI-StateId 
 OPTIONAL   -- Cond Aperiodic
        }, 
        
csi-SSB-ResourceSetCSI-SSB-ResourceSet for channel measurements. Entry number in csi-SSB-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (value 1 corresponds to the first entry, value 2 to the second entry, and so on).
                 INTEGER (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSetsPerConfig) 
    }, 
    
csi-IM-ResourcesForInterferenceCSI-IM-ResourceSet for interference measurement. Entry number in csi-IM-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (value 1 corresponds to the first entry, value 2 to the second entry, and so on). The indicated CSI-IM-ResourceSet should have exactly the same number of resources like the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in resourceSetwithin nzp-CSI-RS.
     INTEGER(1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSetsPerConfig)
 OPTIONAL, -- Cond CSI-IM-ForInterference
    
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterferenceNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet for interference measurement. Entry number in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (value 1 corresponds to the first entry, value 2 to the second entry, and so on). 
 INTEGER (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig) 
 OPTIONAL, -- Cond NZP-CSI-RS-ForInterference
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-CSI-APERIODICTRIGGERSTATELIST-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo field descriptions
csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference
CSI-IM-ResourceSet for interference measurement. Entry number in csi-IM-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (value 1 corresponds to the first entry, value 2 to the second entry, and so on). The indicated CSI-IM-ResourceSet should have exactly the same number of resources like the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in resourceSetwithin nzp-CSI-RS.
csi-SSB-ResourceSet
CSI-SSB-ResourceSet for channel measurements. Entry number in csi-SSB-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (value 1 corresponds to the first entry, value 2 to the second entry, and so on).
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet for interference measurement. Entry number in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (value 1 corresponds to the first entry, value 2 to the second entry, and so on). 
qcl-info
List of references to TCI-States for providing the QCL source and QCL type for each NZP-CSI-RS-Resource listed in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources of the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated by resourceSetwithin nzp-CSI-RS. Each TCI-StateId refers to the TCI-State which has this value for tci-StateId and is defined in tci-StatesToAddModList in the PDSCH-Config included in the BWP-Downlink corresponding to the serving cell and to the DL BWP to which the resourcesForChannelMeasurement (in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above) belong to. First entry in qcl-info corresponds to first entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources of that NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet, second entry in qcl-info corresponds to second entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources, and so on (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.5.1)
reportConfigId
The reportConfigId of one of the CSI-ReportConfigToAddMod configured in CSI-MeasConfig
resourceSet
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet for channel measurements. Entry number in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (value 1 corresponds to the first entry, value 2 to thesecond entry, and so on).


Conditional Presence
Explanation
Aperiodic
The field is mandatory present if the NZP-CSI-RS-Resources in the associated resourceSet have the resourceType aperiodic. The field is absent otherwise.
CSI-IM-ForInterference
This field is mandatory present if the CSI-ReportConfig identified by reportConfigId is configured with csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference; otherwise it is absent.
NZP-CSI-RS-ForInterference
This field is mandatory present if the CSI-ReportConfig identified by reportConfigId is configured with nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference; otherwise it is absent.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-FREQUENCYOCCUPATION-START
CSI-FrequencyOccupation ::=         SEQUENCE { 
    
startingRBPRB where this CSI resource starts in relation to common resource block #0 (CRB#0) on the common resource block grid. Only multiples of 4 are allowed (0, 4, ...)
                          INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1), 
    
nrofRBsNumber of PRBs across which this CSI resource spans. Only multiples of 4 are allowed. The smallest configurable number is the minimum of 24 and the width of the associated BWP. If the configured value is larger than the width of the corresponding BWP, the UE shall assume that the actual CSI-RS bandwidth is equal to the width of the BWP.
                             INTEGER (24..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocksPlus1), 
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-CSI-FREQUENCYOCCUPATION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CSI-FrequencyOccupation field descriptions
nrofRBs
Number of PRBs across which this CSI resource spans. Only multiples of 4 are allowed. The smallest configurable number is the minimum of 24 and the width of the associated BWP. If the configured value is larger than the width of the corresponding BWP, the UE shall assume that the actual CSI-RS bandwidth is equal to the width of the BWP.
startingRB
PRB where this CSI resource starts in relation to common resource block #0 (CRB#0) on the common resource block grid. Only multiples of 4 are allowed (0, 4, ...)

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCE-START
CSI-IM-Resource ::=                 SEQUENCE { 
    csi-IM-ResourceId                   CSI-IM-ResourceId, 
    
csi-IM-ResourceElementPatternThe resource element pattern (Pattern0 (2,2) or Pattern1 (4,1)) with corresponding parameters (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
           CHOICE { 
        pattern0                                SEQUENCE { 
            
subcarrierLocation-p0OFDM subcarrier occupancy of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern0 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
                   ENUMERATED { s0, s2, s4, s6, s8, s10 }, 
            
symbolLocation-p0OFDM symbol location of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern0 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
                       INTEGER (0..12) 
        }, 
        pattern1                                SEQUENCE { 
            
subcarrierLocation-p1OFDM subcarrier occupancy of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern1 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
                   ENUMERATED { s0, s4, s8 }, 
            
symbolLocation-p1OFDM symbol location of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern1 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
                       INTEGER (0..13) 
        } 
    }                                                                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
freqBandFrequency-occupancy of CSI-IM (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
                            CSI-FrequencyOccupation                         OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
periodicityAndOffsetPeriodicity and slot offset for periodic/semi-persistent CSI-IM. Network always configures the UE with a value for this field for periodic and semi-persistent CSI-IM-Resources (as indicated in CSI-ResourceConfig). A change of configuration between periodic or semi-persistent and aperiodic for a CSI-IM-Resource is not supported without a release and add.
                CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset                OPTIONAL,   -- Cond PeriodicOrSemiPersistent
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CSI-IM-Resource field descriptions
csi-IM-ResourceElementPattern
The resource element pattern (Pattern0 (2,2) or Pattern1 (4,1)) with corresponding parameters (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
freqBand
Frequency-occupancy of CSI-IM (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
periodicityAndOffset
Periodicity and slot offset for periodic/semi-persistent CSI-IM. Network always configures the UE with a value for this field for periodic and semi-persistent CSI-IM-Resources (as indicated in CSI-ResourceConfig). A change of configuration between periodic or semi-persistent and aperiodic for a CSI-IM-Resource is not supported without a release and add.
subcarrierLocation-p0
OFDM subcarrier occupancy of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern0 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
subcarrierLocation-p1
OFDM subcarrier occupancy of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern1 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
symbolLocation-p0
OFDM symbol location of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern0 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
symbolLocation-p1
OFDM symbol location of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern1 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)


Conditional Presence
Explanation
PeriodicOrSemiPersistent
The field is optionally present, Need M, for periodic and semi-persistent CSI-IM-Resources (as indicated in CSI-ResourceConfig). The field is absent otherwise.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCEID-START
CSI-IM-ResourceId ::=               INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-IM-Resources-1) 
 -- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCEID-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCESET-START
CSI-IM-ResourceSet ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    csi-IM-ResourceSetId                CSI-IM-ResourceSetId, 
    
csi-IM-ResourcesCSI-IM-Resources associated with this CSI-IM-ResourceSet (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2).
                    SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourcesPerSet)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceId, 
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCESET-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CSI-IM-ResourceSet field descriptions
csi-IM-Resources
CSI-IM-Resources associated with this CSI-IM-ResourceSet (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2).

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCESETID-START
CSI-IM-ResourceSetId ::=            INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSets-1) 
 -- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCESETID-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-MEASCONFIG-START
CSI-MeasConfig ::=                  SEQUENCE { 
    
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceToAddModListPool of NZP-CSI-RS-Resource which can be referred to from NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet.
     SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-Resources)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-Resource   OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceToReleaseList    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-Resources)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetToAddModListPool of NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig or from MAC CEs.
  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet 
 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId 
 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
csi-IM-ResourceToAddModListPool of CSI-IM-Resource which can be referred to from CSI-IM-ResourceSet.
         SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-Resources)) OF CSI-IM-Resource           OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    csi-IM-ResourceToReleaseList        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-Resources)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceId         OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
csi-IM-ResourceSetToAddModListPool of CSI-IM-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig or from MAC CEs.
      SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSets)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceSet     OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    csi-IM-ResourceSetToReleaseList     SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSets)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceSetId   OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
csi-SSB-ResourceSetToAddModListPool of CSI-SSB-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig.
     SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSets)) OF CSI-SSB-ResourceSet   OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    csi-SSB-ResourceSetToReleaseList  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSets)) OF CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
csi-ResourceConfigToAddModListConfigured CSI resource settings as specified in TS 38.214 [19]clause 5.2.1.2.
      SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-ResourceConfigurations)) OF CSI-ResourceConfig 
 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    csi-ResourceConfigToReleaseList     SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-ResourceConfigurations)) OF CSI-ResourceConfigId 
 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
csi-ReportConfigToAddModListConfigured CSI report settings as specified in TS 38.214 [19]clause 5.2.1.1.
        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations)) OF CSI-ReportConfig  OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    csi-ReportConfigToReleaseList       SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations)) OF CSI-ReportConfigId 
 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
    
reportTriggerSizeSize of CSI request field in DCI (bits) (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.5.1).
                   INTEGER (0..6)                                                            OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    
aperiodicTriggerStateListContains trigger states for dynamically selecting one or more aperiodic and semi-persistent reporting configurations and/or triggering one or more aperiodic CSI-RS resource sets for channel and/or interference measurement.
           SetupRelease { CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList }                            OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    semiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList    SetupRelease { CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList }      OPTIONAL, -- Need M
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-CSI-MEASCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CSI-MeasConfig field descriptions
aperiodicTriggerStateList
Contains trigger states for dynamically selecting one or more aperiodic and semi-persistent reporting configurations and/or triggering one or more aperiodic CSI-RS resource sets for channel and/or interference measurement.
csi-IM-ResourceSetToAddModList
Pool of CSI-IM-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig or from MAC CEs.
csi-IM-ResourceToAddModList
Pool of CSI-IM-Resource which can be referred to from CSI-IM-ResourceSet.
csi-ReportConfigToAddModList
Configured CSI report settings as specified in TS 38.214 [19]clause 5.2.1.1.
csi-ResourceConfigToAddModList
Configured CSI resource settings as specified in TS 38.214 [19]clause 5.2.1.2.
csi-SSB-ResourceSetToAddModList
Pool of CSI-SSB-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig.
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetToAddModList
Pool of NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig or from MAC CEs.
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceToAddModList
Pool of NZP-CSI-RS-Resource which can be referred to from NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet.
reportTriggerSize
Size of CSI request field in DCI (bits) (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.5.1).

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIG-START
CSI-ReportConfig ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    reportConfigId                          CSI-ReportConfigId, 
    
carrierIndicates in which serving cell the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated below are to be found. If the field is absent, the resources are on the same serving cell as this report configuration.
                                 ServCellIndex                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
resourcesForChannelMeasurementResources for channel measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfig included in the configuration of the serving cell indicated with the field "carrier" above. The CSI-ResourceConfig indicated here contains only NZP-CSI-RS resources and/or SSB resources. This CSI-ReportConfig is associated with the DL BWP indicated by bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfig.
          CSI-ResourceConfigId, 
    
csi-IM-ResourcesForInterferenceCSI IM resources for interference measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfig included in the configuration of the serving cell indicated with the field "carrier" above. The CSI-ResourceConfig indicated here contains only CSI-IM resources. The bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfig is the same value as the bwp-Id in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement.
         CSI-ResourceConfigId         OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterferenceNZP CSI RS resources for interference measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfig included in the configuration of the serving cell indicated with the field "carrier" above. The CSI-ResourceConfig indicated here contains only NZP-CSI-RS resources. The bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfig is the same value as the bwp-Id in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement.
     CSI-ResourceConfigId         OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
reportConfigTypeTime domain behavior of reporting configuration.
                        CHOICE { 
        periodic                                SEQUENCE { 
            
reportSlotConfigPeriodicity and slot offset (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4). If the field reportSlotConfig-v1530 is present, the UE shall ignore the value provided in reportSlotConfig (without suffix).
                        CSI-ReportPeriodicityAndOffset, 
            
pucch-CSI-ResourceListIndicates which PUCCH resource to use for reporting on PUCCH.
                  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs)) OF PUCCH-CSI-Resource 
        }, 
        semiPersistentOnPUCCH                   SEQUENCE { 
            
reportSlotConfigPeriodicity and slot offset (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4). If the field reportSlotConfig-v1530 is present, the UE shall ignore the value provided in reportSlotConfig (without suffix).
                        CSI-ReportPeriodicityAndOffset, 
            
pucch-CSI-ResourceListIndicates which PUCCH resource to use for reporting on PUCCH.
                  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs)) OF PUCCH-CSI-Resource 
        }, 
        semiPersistentOnPUSCH                   SEQUENCE { 
            
reportSlotConfigPeriodicity and slot offset (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4). If the field reportSlotConfig-v1530 is present, the UE shall ignore the value provided in reportSlotConfig (without suffix).
                        ENUMERATED {sl5, sl10, sl20, sl40, sl80, sl160, sl320}, 
            
reportSlotOffsetListTiming offset Y for semi persistent reporting using PUSCH. This field lists the allowed offset values. This list must have the same number of entries as the pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList in PUSCH-Config. A particular value is indicated in DCI. The network indicates in the DCI field of the UL grant, which of the configured report slot offsets the UE shall apply. The DCI value 0 corresponds to the first report slot offset in this list, the DCI value 1 corresponds to the second report slot offset in this list, and so on. The first report is transmitted in slot n+Y, second report in n+Y+P, where P is the configured periodicity.
Timing offset Y for aperiodic reporting using PUSCH. This field lists the allowed offset values. This list must have the same number of entries as the pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList in PUSCH-Config. A particular value is indicated in DCI. The network indicates in the DCI field of the UL grant, which of the configured report slot offsets the UE shall apply. The DCI value 0 corresponds to the first report slot offset in this list, the DCI value 1 corresponds to the second report slot offset in this list, and so on (see TS 38.214 [19], clause6.1.2.1). 
                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofUL-Allocations)) OF INTEGER(0..32),
            
p0alphaIndex of the p0-alpha set determining the power control for this CSI report transmission (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.2.1.2).
                                 P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId 
        }, 
        aperiodic                               SEQUENCE { 
            
reportSlotOffsetListTiming offset Y for semi persistent reporting using PUSCH. This field lists the allowed offset values. This list must have the same number of entries as the pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList in PUSCH-Config. A particular value is indicated in DCI. The network indicates in the DCI field of the UL grant, which of the configured report slot offsets the UE shall apply. The DCI value 0 corresponds to the first report slot offset in this list, the DCI value 1 corresponds to the second report slot offset in this list, and so on. The first report is transmitted in slot n+Y, second report in n+Y+P, where P is the configured periodicity.
Timing offset Y for aperiodic reporting using PUSCH. This field lists the allowed offset values. This list must have the same number of entries as the pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList in PUSCH-Config. A particular value is indicated in DCI. The network indicates in the DCI field of the UL grant, which of the configured report slot offsets the UE shall apply. The DCI value 0 corresponds to the first report slot offset in this list, the DCI value 1 corresponds to the second report slot offset in this list, and so on (see TS 38.214 [19], clause6.1.2.1). 
                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofUL-Allocations)) OF INTEGER(0..32)
        } 
    }, 
    
reportQuantityThe CSI related quantities to report. see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.
                          CHOICE { 
        none                                    NULL,
        cri-RI-PMI-CQI                          NULL,
        cri-RI-i1                               NULL,
        cri-RI-i1-CQI                           SEQUENCE { 
            
pdsch-BundleSizeForCSIPRB bundling size to assume for CQI calculation when reportQuantity is CRI/RI/i1/CQI. If the field is absent, the UE assumes that no PRB bundling is applied (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4.2).
                  ENUMERATED {n2, n4}      OPTIONAL  -- Need S
        }, 
        cri-RI-CQI                              NULL,
        cri-RSRP                                NULL,
        ssb-Index-RSRP                          NULL,
        cri-RI-LI-PMI-CQI                       NULL 
    }, 
    
reportFreqConfigurationReporting configuration in the frequency domain. (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
                 SEQUENCE { 
        
cqi-FormatIndicatorIndicates whether the UE shall report a single (wideband) or multiple (subband) CQI (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
                     ENUMERATED { widebandCQI, subbandCQI }  OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        
pmi-FormatIndicatorIndicates whether the UE shall report a single (wideband) or multiple (subband) PMI. (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
                     ENUMERATED { widebandPMI, subbandPMI }                          OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        
csi-ReportingBandIndicates a contiguous or non-contiguous subset of subbands in the bandwidth part which CSI shall be reported for. Each bit in the bit-string represents one subband. The right-most bit in the bit string represents the lowest subband in the BWP. The choice determines the number of subbands (subbands3 for 3 subbands, subbands4 for 4 subbands, and so on) (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4). This field is absent if there are less than 24 PRBs (no sub band) and present otherwise(see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
                       CHOICE { 
            subbands3                               BIT STRING(SIZE(3)),
            subbands4                               BIT STRING(SIZE(4)),
            subbands5                               BIT STRING(SIZE(5)),
            subbands6                               BIT STRING(SIZE(6)),
            subbands7                               BIT STRING(SIZE(7)),
            subbands8                               BIT STRING(SIZE(8)),
            subbands9                               BIT STRING(SIZE(9)),
            subbands10                              BIT STRING(SIZE(10)),
            subbands11                              BIT STRING(SIZE(11)),
            subbands12                              BIT STRING(SIZE(12)),
            subbands13                              BIT STRING(SIZE(13)),
            subbands14                              BIT STRING(SIZE(14)),
            subbands15                              BIT STRING(SIZE(15)),
            subbands16                              BIT STRING(SIZE(16)),
            subbands17                              BIT STRING(SIZE(17)),
            subbands18                              BIT STRING(SIZE(18)),
            ..., 
            subbands19-v1530                        BIT STRING(SIZE(19))
        }   OPTIONAL  -- Need S
    }                                                                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
timeRestrictionForChannelMeasurementsTime domain measurement restriction for the channel (signal) measurements (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.1).
           ENUMERATED {configured, notConfigured}, 
    
timeRestrictionForInterferenceMeasurementsTime domain measurement restriction for interference measurements (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.1).
      ENUMERATED {configured, notConfigured}, 
    
codebookConfigCodebook configuration for Type-1 or Type-2 including codebook subset restriction.
                               CodebookConfig                                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
 
dummyThis field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
  ENUMERATED {n1, n2}                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
groupBasedBeamReportingTurning on/off group beam based reporting (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
                     CHOICE { 
        enabled                                     NULL,
        disabled                                    SEQUENCE { 
            
nrofReportedRSThe number (N) of measured RS resources to be reported per report setting in a non-group-based report. N <= N_max, where N_max is either 2 or 4 depending on UE capability.
(see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4) When the field is absent the UE applies the value 1.
                          ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4}                                 OPTIONAL  -- Need S
        } 
    }, 
    
cqi-TableWhich CQI table to use for CQI calculation (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.1).
                   ENUMERATED {table1, table2, table3, spare1}            OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
subbandSizeIndicates one out of two possible BWP-dependent values for the subband size as indicated in TS 38.214 [19], table 5.2.1.4-2 . If csi-ReportingBand is absent, the UE shall ignore this field.
                 ENUMERATED {value1, value2}, 
    
non-PMI-PortIndicationPort indication for RI/CQI calculation. For each CSI-RS resource in the linked ResourceConfig for channel measurement, a port indication for each rank R, indicating which R ports to use. Applicable only for non-PMI feedback (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4.2).
The first entry in non-PMI-PortIndication corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the first entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the CSI-ResourceConfig whose CSI-ResourceConfigId is indicated in a CSI-MeasId together with the above CSI-ReportConfigId; the second entry in non-PMI-PortIndication corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the second entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the same CSI-ResourceConfig, and so on until the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the last entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the same CSI-ResourceConfig. Then the next entry corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the first entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the second entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the same CSI-ResourceConfig and so on.
      SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerConfig)) OF PortIndexFor8Ranks OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    ..., 
    [[ 
    semiPersistentOnPUSCH-v1530         SEQUENCE { 
        reportSlotConfig-v1530              ENUMERATED {sl4, sl8, sl16} 
    }                                                                                OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    ]] 
} 
CSI-ReportPeriodicityAndOffset ::=  CHOICE { 
    slots4                              INTEGER(0..3),
    slots5                              INTEGER(0..4),
    slots8                              INTEGER(0..7),
    slots10                             INTEGER(0..9),
    slots16                             INTEGER(0..15),
    slots20                             INTEGER(0..19),
    slots40                             INTEGER(0..39),
    slots80                             INTEGER(0..79),
    slots160                            INTEGER(0..159),
    slots320                            INTEGER(0..319)
} 
PUCCH-CSI-Resource ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    uplinkBandwidthPartId               BWP-Id, 
    
pucch-ResourcePUCCH resource for the associated uplink BWP. Only PUCCH-Resource of format 2, 3 and 4 is supported. The actual PUCCH-Resource is configured in PUCCH-Config and referred to by its ID.
                      PUCCH-ResourceId 
} 
PortIndexFor8Ranks ::=              CHOICE { 
    
portIndex8Port-Index configuration for up to rank 8. If present, the network configures port indexes for at least one of the ranks.
                          SEQUENCE{ 
        rank1-8                             PortIndex8                                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        rank2-8                             SEQUENCE(SIZE(2))OF PortIndex8                                 OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        rank3-8                             SEQUENCE(SIZE(3))OF PortIndex8                                 OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        rank4-8                             SEQUENCE(SIZE(4))OF PortIndex8                                 OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        rank5-8                             SEQUENCE(SIZE(5))OF PortIndex8                                 OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        rank6-8                             SEQUENCE(SIZE(6))OF PortIndex8                                 OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        rank7-8                             SEQUENCE(SIZE(7))OF PortIndex8                                 OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        rank8-8                             SEQUENCE(SIZE(8))OF PortIndex8                                 OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    }, 
    
portIndex4Port-Index configuration for up to rank 4. If present, the network configures port indexes for at least one of the ranks.
                          SEQUENCE{ 
        rank1-4                             PortIndex4                                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        rank2-4                             SEQUENCE(SIZE(2))OF PortIndex4                                 OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        rank3-4                             SEQUENCE(SIZE(3))OF PortIndex4                                 OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        rank4-4                             SEQUENCE(SIZE(4))OF PortIndex4                                 OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    }, 
    
portIndex2Port-Index configuration for up to rank 2. If present, the network configures port indexes for at least one of the ranks.
                          SEQUENCE{ 
        rank1-2                             PortIndex2                                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        rank2-2                             SEQUENCE(SIZE(2))OF PortIndex2                                 OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    }, 
    
portIndex1Port-Index configuration for rank 1.
                          NULL 
} 
PortIndex8::=                       INTEGER (0..7) 
PortIndex4::=                       INTEGER (0..3) 
PortIndex2::=                       INTEGER (0..1) 
 -- TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CSI-ReportConfig field descriptions
carrier
Indicates in which serving cell the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated below are to be found. If the field is absent, the resources are on the same serving cell as this report configuration.
codebookConfig
Codebook configuration for Type-1 or Type-2 including codebook subset restriction.
cqi-FormatIndicator
Indicates whether the UE shall report a single (wideband) or multiple (subband) CQI (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
cqi-Table
Which CQI table to use for CQI calculation (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.1).
csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference
CSI IM resources for interference measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfig included in the configuration of the serving cell indicated with the field "carrier" above. The CSI-ResourceConfig indicated here contains only CSI-IM resources. The bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfig is the same value as the bwp-Id in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement.
csi-ReportingBand
Indicates a contiguous or non-contiguous subset of subbands in the bandwidth part which CSI shall be reported for. Each bit in the bit-string represents one subband. The right-most bit in the bit string represents the lowest subband in the BWP. The choice determines the number of subbands (subbands3 for 3 subbands, subbands4 for 4 subbands, and so on) (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4). This field is absent if there are less than 24 PRBs (no sub band) and present otherwise(see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
groupBasedBeamReporting
Turning on/off group beam based reporting (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
non-PMI-PortIndication
Port indication for RI/CQI calculation. For each CSI-RS resource in the linked ResourceConfig for channel measurement, a port indication for each rank R, indicating which R ports to use. Applicable only for non-PMI feedback (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4.2).
The first entry in non-PMI-PortIndication corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the first entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the CSI-ResourceConfig whose CSI-ResourceConfigId is indicated in a CSI-MeasId together with the above CSI-ReportConfigId; the second entry in non-PMI-PortIndication corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the second entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the same CSI-ResourceConfig, and so on until the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the last entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the same CSI-ResourceConfig. Then the next entry corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the first entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the second entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the same CSI-ResourceConfig and so on.
nrofReportedRS
The number (N) of measured RS resources to be reported per report setting in a non-group-based report. N <= N_max, where N_max is either 2 or 4 depending on UE capability.
(see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4) When the field is absent the UE applies the value 1.
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference
NZP CSI RS resources for interference measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfig included in the configuration of the serving cell indicated with the field "carrier" above. The CSI-ResourceConfig indicated here contains only NZP-CSI-RS resources. The bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfig is the same value as the bwp-Id in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement.
p0alpha
Index of the p0-alpha set determining the power control for this CSI report transmission (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.2.1.2).
pdsch-BundleSizeForCSI
PRB bundling size to assume for CQI calculation when reportQuantity is CRI/RI/i1/CQI. If the field is absent, the UE assumes that no PRB bundling is applied (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4.2).
pmi-FormatIndicator
Indicates whether the UE shall report a single (wideband) or multiple (subband) PMI. (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
pucch-CSI-ResourceList
Indicates which PUCCH resource to use for reporting on PUCCH.
reportConfigType
Time domain behavior of reporting configuration.
reportFreqConfiguration
Reporting configuration in the frequency domain. (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
reportQuantity
The CSI related quantities to report. see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.
reportSlotConfig
Periodicity and slot offset (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4). If the field reportSlotConfig-v1530 is present, the UE shall ignore the value provided in reportSlotConfig (without suffix).
reportSlotOffsetList
Timing offset Y for semi persistent reporting using PUSCH. This field lists the allowed offset values. This list must have the same number of entries as the pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList in PUSCH-Config. A particular value is indicated in DCI. The network indicates in the DCI field of the UL grant, which of the configured report slot offsets the UE shall apply. The DCI value 0 corresponds to the first report slot offset in this list, the DCI value 1 corresponds to the second report slot offset in this list, and so on. The first report is transmitted in slot n+Y, second report in n+Y+P, where P is the configured periodicity.
Timing offset Y for aperiodic reporting using PUSCH. This field lists the allowed offset values. This list must have the same number of entries as the pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList in PUSCH-Config. A particular value is indicated in DCI. The network indicates in the DCI field of the UL grant, which of the configured report slot offsets the UE shall apply. The DCI value 0 corresponds to the first report slot offset in this list, the DCI value 1 corresponds to the second report slot offset in this list, and so on (see TS 38.214 [19], clause6.1.2.1). 
resourcesForChannelMeasurement
Resources for channel measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfig included in the configuration of the serving cell indicated with the field "carrier" above. The CSI-ResourceConfig indicated here contains only NZP-CSI-RS resources and/or SSB resources. This CSI-ReportConfig is associated with the DL BWP indicated by bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfig.
subbandSize
Indicates one out of two possible BWP-dependent values for the subband size as indicated in TS 38.214 [19], table 5.2.1.4-2 . If csi-ReportingBand is absent, the UE shall ignore this field.
timeRestrictionForChannelMeasurements
Time domain measurement restriction for the channel (signal) measurements (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.1).
timeRestrictionForInterferenceMeasurements
Time domain measurement restriction for interference measurements (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.1).


PortIndexFor8Ranks field descriptions
portIndex8
Port-Index configuration for up to rank 8. If present, the network configures port indexes for at least one of the ranks.
portIndex4
Port-Index configuration for up to rank 4. If present, the network configures port indexes for at least one of the ranks.
portIndex2
Port-Index configuration for up to rank 2. If present, the network configures port indexes for at least one of the ranks.
portIndex1
Port-Index configuration for rank 1.


PUCCH-CSI-Resource field descriptions
pucch-Resource
PUCCH resource for the associated uplink BWP. Only PUCCH-Resource of format 2, 3 and 4 is supported. The actual PUCCH-Resource is configured in PUCCH-Config and referred to by its ID.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIGID-START
CSI-ReportConfigId ::=              INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations-1) 
 -- TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIGID-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIG-START
CSI-ResourceConfig ::=      SEQUENCE { 
    
csi-ResourceConfigIdUsed in CSI-ReportConfig to refer to an instance of CSI-ResourceConfig.
        CSI-ResourceConfigId, 
    csi-RS-ResourceSetList      CHOICE { 
        nzp-CSI-RS-SSB              SEQUENCE { 
            
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetListList of references to NZP CSI-RS resources used for CSI measurement and reporting in a CSI-RS resource set. Contains up to maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig resource sets if resourceType is 'aperiodic' and 1 otherwise (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2).
  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId 
 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
            
csi-SSB-ResourceSetListList of references to SSB resources used for beam measurement and reporting in a CSI-RS resource set (see TS 38.214 [19], clause5.2.1.2).
     SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSetsPerConfig)) OF CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId 
 OPTIONAL  -- Need R
        }, 
        
csi-IM-ResourceSetListList of references to CSI-IM resources used for CSI measurement and reporting in a CSI-RS resource set. Contains up to maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSetsPerConfig resource sets if resourceType is 'aperiodic' and 1 otherwise (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2).
      SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSetsPerConfig)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceSetId 
    }, 
    
bwp-IdThe DL BWP which the CSI-RS associated with this CSI-ResourceConfig are located in (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2.
                      BWP-Id, 
    
resourceTypeTime domain behavior of resource configuration (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2). It does not apply to resources provided in the csi-SSB-ResourceSetList.
                ENUMERATED { aperiodic, semiPersistent, periodic }, 
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CSI-ResourceConfig field descriptions
bwp-Id
The DL BWP which the CSI-RS associated with this CSI-ResourceConfig are located in (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2.
csi-IM-ResourceSetList
List of references to CSI-IM resources used for CSI measurement and reporting in a CSI-RS resource set. Contains up to maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSetsPerConfig resource sets if resourceType is 'aperiodic' and 1 otherwise (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2).
csi-ResourceConfigId
Used in CSI-ReportConfig to refer to an instance of CSI-ResourceConfig.
csi-SSB-ResourceSetList
List of references to SSB resources used for beam measurement and reporting in a CSI-RS resource set (see TS 38.214 [19], clause5.2.1.2).
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList
List of references to NZP CSI-RS resources used for CSI measurement and reporting in a CSI-RS resource set. Contains up to maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig resource sets if resourceType is 'aperiodic' and 1 otherwise (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2).
resourceType
Time domain behavior of resource configuration (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2). It does not apply to resources provided in the csi-SSB-ResourceSetList.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIGID-START
CSI-ResourceConfigId ::=            INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-ResourceConfigurations-1) 
 -- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIGID-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-RESOURCEPERIODICITYANDOFFSET-START
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::=    CHOICE { 
    slots4                              INTEGER (0..3), 
    slots5                              INTEGER (0..4), 
    slots8                              INTEGER (0..7), 
    slots10                             INTEGER (0..9), 
    slots16                             INTEGER (0..15), 
    slots20                             INTEGER (0..19), 
    slots32                             INTEGER (0..31), 
    slots40                             INTEGER (0..39), 
    slots64                             INTEGER (0..63), 
    slots80                             INTEGER (0..79), 
    slots160                            INTEGER (0..159), 
    slots320                            INTEGER (0..319), 
    slots640                            INTEGER (0..639) 
} 
 -- TAG-CSI-RESOURCEPERIODICITYANDOFFSET-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-RS-RESOURCECONFIGMOBILITY-START
CSI-RS-ResourceConfigMobility ::=   SEQUENCE { 
    
subcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing of CSI-RS. Only the values 15, 30 kHz or 60 kHz (FR1), and 60 or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
                   SubcarrierSpacing, 
    
csi-RS-CellList-MobilityList of cells for CSI-RS based RRM measurements.
            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-RS-CellsRRM)) OF CSI-RS-CellMobility, 
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
refServCellIndexIndicates the serving cell providing the timing reference for CSI-RS resources without associatedSSB. The field may be present only if there is at least one CSI-RS resource configured without associatedSSB. If this field is absent, the UE shall use the timing of the PCell for measurements on the CSI-RS resources without associatedSSB. The CSI-RS resources and the serving cell indicated by refServCellIndex for timing reference should be located in the same band.
               ServCellIndex                                                           OPTIONAL  -- Need S
    ]] 
} 
CSI-RS-CellMobility ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    cellId                              PhysCellId, 
    csi-rs-MeasurementBW                SEQUENCE { 
        
nrofPRBsAllowed size of the measurement BW in PRBs.See TS 38.211[16], clause 7.4.1.
                            ENUMERATED { size24, size48, size96, size192, size264}, 
        
startPRBStarting PRB index of the measurement bandwidth.See TS 38.211[16], clause 7.4.1.
                            INTEGER(0..2169)
    }, 
    
densityFrequency domain density for the 1-port CSI-RS for L3 mobility.See TS 38.211[16], clause 7.4.1.
                             ENUMERATED {d1,d3}                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
csi-rs-ResourceList-MobilityList of CSI-RS resources for mobility. The maximum number of CSI-RS resources that can be configured permeasObjectNR depends on the configuration of associatedSSB (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.6.1.3).
        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM)) OF CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility 
} 
CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
csi-RS-IndexCSI-RS resource index associated to the CSI-RS resource to be measured (and used for reporting).
                        CSI-RS-Index, 
    
slotConfigIndicates the CSI-RS periodicity (in milliseconds) and for each periodicity the offset (in number of slots). When subcarrierSpacing is set to kHz15, the maximum offset values for periodicities ms4/ms5/ms10/ms20/ms40 are 3/4/9/19/39 slots. When subcarrierSpacing is set to kHz30, the maximum offset values for periodicities ms4/ms5/ms10/ms20/ms40 are 7/9/19/39/79 slots. When subcarrierSpacing is set to kHz60, the maximum offset values for periodicities ms4/ms5/ms10/ms20/ms40 are 15/19/39/79/159 slots. When subcarrierSpacing is set kHz120, the maximum offset values for periodicities ms4/ms5/ms10/ms20/ms40 are 31/39/79/159/319 slots.
                          CHOICE { 
        ms4                                 INTEGER (0..31), 
        ms5                                 INTEGER (0..39), 
        ms10                                INTEGER (0..79), 
        ms20                                INTEGER (0..159), 
        ms40                                INTEGER (0..319) 
    }, 
    
associatedSSBIf this field is present, the UE may base the timing of the CSI-RS resource indicated in CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility on the timing of the cell indicated by the cellId in the CSI-RS-CellMobility. In this case, the UE is not required to monitor that CSI-RS resource if the UE cannot detect the SS/PBCH block indicated by this associatedSSB and cellId. If this field is absent, the UE shall base the timing of the CSI-RS resource indicated in CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility on the timing of the serving cell indicated by refServCellIndex. In this case, the UE is required to measure the CSI-RS resource even if SS/PBCH block(s) with cellId in the CSI-RS-CellMobility are not detected.
CSI-RS resources with and without associatedSSB may be configured in accordance with the rules in TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.6.1.3.
                       SEQUENCE { 
        ssb-Index                           SSB-Index, 
        
isQuasiColocatedIndicates that the CSI-RS resource is quasi co-located with the associated SS/PBCH block, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.6.1.3.
                    BOOLEAN 
    }                                                                                                        OPTIONAL, -- Need R
    
frequencyDomainAllocationFrequency domain allocation within a physical resource block in accordance with TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3 including table 7.4.1.5.2-1. The number of bits that may be set to one depend on the chosen row in that table.
           CHOICE { 
        row1                                BIT STRING (SIZE (4)), 
        row2                                BIT STRING (SIZE (12)) 
    }, 
    
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomainTime domain allocation within a physical resource block. The field indicates the first OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS, see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3.
         INTEGER (0..13), 
    
sequenceGenerationConfigScrambling ID for CSI-RS (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.2).
            INTEGER (0..1023), 
    ... 
} 
CSI-RS-Index ::=                    INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM-1) 
 -- TAG-CSI-RS-RESOURCECONFIGMOBILITY-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CSI-RS-CellMobility field descriptions
csi-rs-ResourceList-Mobility
List of CSI-RS resources for mobility. The maximum number of CSI-RS resources that can be configured permeasObjectNR depends on the configuration of associatedSSB (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.6.1.3).
density
Frequency domain density for the 1-port CSI-RS for L3 mobility.See TS 38.211[16], clause 7.4.1.
nrofPRBs
Allowed size of the measurement BW in PRBs.See TS 38.211[16], clause 7.4.1.
startPRB
Starting PRB index of the measurement bandwidth.See TS 38.211[16], clause 7.4.1.


CSI-RS-ResourceConfigMobility field descriptions
csi-RS-CellList-Mobility
List of cells for CSI-RS based RRM measurements.
refServCellIndex
Indicates the serving cell providing the timing reference for CSI-RS resources without associatedSSB. The field may be present only if there is at least one CSI-RS resource configured without associatedSSB. If this field is absent, the UE shall use the timing of the PCell for measurements on the CSI-RS resources without associatedSSB. The CSI-RS resources and the serving cell indicated by refServCellIndex for timing reference should be located in the same band.
subcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing of CSI-RS. Only the values 15, 30 kHz or 60 kHz (FR1), and 60 or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable.


CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility field descriptions
associatedSSB
If this field is present, the UE may base the timing of the CSI-RS resource indicated in CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility on the timing of the cell indicated by the cellId in the CSI-RS-CellMobility. In this case, the UE is not required to monitor that CSI-RS resource if the UE cannot detect the SS/PBCH block indicated by this associatedSSB and cellId. If this field is absent, the UE shall base the timing of the CSI-RS resource indicated in CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility on the timing of the serving cell indicated by refServCellIndex. In this case, the UE is required to measure the CSI-RS resource even if SS/PBCH block(s) with cellId in the CSI-RS-CellMobility are not detected.
CSI-RS resources with and without associatedSSB may be configured in accordance with the rules in TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.6.1.3.
csi-RS-Index
CSI-RS resource index associated to the CSI-RS resource to be measured (and used for reporting).
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain
Time domain allocation within a physical resource block. The field indicates the first OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS, see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3.
frequencyDomainAllocation
Frequency domain allocation within a physical resource block in accordance with TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3 including table 7.4.1.5.2-1. The number of bits that may be set to one depend on the chosen row in that table.
isQuasiColocated
Indicates that the CSI-RS resource is quasi co-located with the associated SS/PBCH block, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.6.1.3.
sequenceGenerationConfig
Scrambling ID for CSI-RS (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.2).
slotConfig
Indicates the CSI-RS periodicity (in milliseconds) and for each periodicity the offset (in number of slots). When subcarrierSpacing is set to kHz15, the maximum offset values for periodicities ms4/ms5/ms10/ms20/ms40 are 3/4/9/19/39 slots. When subcarrierSpacing is set to kHz30, the maximum offset values for periodicities ms4/ms5/ms10/ms20/ms40 are 7/9/19/39/79 slots. When subcarrierSpacing is set to kHz60, the maximum offset values for periodicities ms4/ms5/ms10/ms20/ms40 are 15/19/39/79/159 slots. When subcarrierSpacing is set kHz120, the maximum offset values for periodicities ms4/ms5/ms10/ms20/ms40 are 31/39/79/159/319 slots.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-RS-RESOURCEMAPPING-START
CSI-RS-ResourceMapping ::=          SEQUENCE { 
    
frequencyDomainAllocationFrequency domain allocation within a physical resource block in accordance with TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3. The applicable row number in table 7.4.1.5.3-1 is determined by the frequencyDomainAllocation for rows 1, 2 and 4, and for other rows by matching the values in the column Ports, Density and CDMtype in table 7.4.1.5.3-1 with the values of nrofPorts, cdm-Type and density below and, when more than one row has the 3 values matching, by selecting the row where the column (k bar, l bar) in table 7.4.1.5.3-1 has indexes for k ranging from 0 to 2*n-1 where n is the number of bits set to 1 in frequencyDomainAllocation.
           CHOICE { 
        row1                                BIT STRING (SIZE (4)), 
        row2                                BIT STRING (SIZE (12)), 
        row4                                BIT STRING (SIZE (3)), 
        other                               BIT STRING (SIZE (6)) 
    }, 
    
nrofPortsNumber of ports (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.3.1).
                           ENUMERATED {p1,p2,p4,p8,p12,p16,p24,p32}, 
    
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomainTime domain allocation within a physical resource block. The field indicates the first OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3.
         INTEGER (0..13), 
    
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain2Time domain allocation within a physical resource block. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3.
        INTEGER (2..12)                                                         OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
cdm-TypeCDM type (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.3.1).
                            ENUMERATED {noCDM, fd-CDM2, cdm4-FD2-TD2, cdm8-FD2-TD4}, 
    
densityDensity of CSI-RS resource measured in RE/port/PRB (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3).
Values 0.5 (dot5), 1 (one) and 3 (three) are allowed for X=1, values 0.5 (dot5) and 1 (one) are allowed for X=2, 16, 24 and 32, value 1 (one) is allowed for X=4, 8, 12.
For density = 1/2, includes 1-bit indication for RB level comb offset indicating whether odd or even RBs are occupied by CSI-RS.
                             CHOICE { 
        dot5                                ENUMERATED {evenPRBs, oddPRBs}, 
        one                                 NULL,
        three                               NULL,
        spare                               NULL 
    }, 
    
freqBandWideband or partial band CSI-RS, (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.3.1).
                            CSI-FrequencyOccupation, 
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-CSI-RS-RESOURCEMAPPING-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CSI-RS-ResourceMapping field descriptions
cdm-Type
CDM type (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.3.1).
density
Density of CSI-RS resource measured in RE/port/PRB (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3).
Values 0.5 (dot5), 1 (one) and 3 (three) are allowed for X=1, values 0.5 (dot5) and 1 (one) are allowed for X=2, 16, 24 and 32, value 1 (one) is allowed for X=4, 8, 12.
For density = 1/2, includes 1-bit indication for RB level comb offset indicating whether odd or even RBs are occupied by CSI-RS.
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain2
Time domain allocation within a physical resource block. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3.
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain
Time domain allocation within a physical resource block. The field indicates the first OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3.
freqBand
Wideband or partial band CSI-RS, (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.3.1).
frequencyDomainAllocation
Frequency domain allocation within a physical resource block in accordance with TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3. The applicable row number in table 7.4.1.5.3-1 is determined by the frequencyDomainAllocation for rows 1, 2 and 4, and for other rows by matching the values in the column Ports, Density and CDMtype in table 7.4.1.5.3-1 with the values of nrofPorts, cdm-Type and density below and, when more than one row has the 3 values matching, by selecting the row where the column (k bar, l bar) in table 7.4.1.5.3-1 has indexes for k ranging from 0 to 2*n-1 where n is the number of bits set to 1 in frequencyDomainAllocation.
nrofPorts
Number of ports (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.3.1).

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-SEMIPERSISTENTONPUSCHTRIGGERSTATELIST-START
CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList ::= 
 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrOfSemiPersistentPUSCH-Triggers)) OF CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerState 
CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerState ::=      SEQUENCE { 
    associatedReportConfigInfo                      CSI-ReportConfigId, 
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-CSI-SEMIPERSISTENTONPUSCHTRIGGERSTATELIST-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-SSB-RESOURCESET-START
CSI-SSB-ResourceSet ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    csi-SSB-ResourceSetId               CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId, 
    csi-SSB-ResourceList                SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourcePerSet)) OF SSB-Index, 
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-CSI-SSB-RESOURCESET-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-CSI-SSB-RESOURCESETID-START
CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId ::=           INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSets-1) 
 -- TAG-CSI-SSB-RESOURCESETID-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DEDICATED-NAS-MESSAGE-START
DedicatedNAS-Message ::=        OCTET STRING 
 -- TAG-DEDICATED-NAS-MESSAGE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DMRS-DOWNLINKCONFIG-START
DMRS-DownlinkConfig ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    
dmrs-TypeSelection of the DMRS type to be used for DL (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.1). If the field is absent, the UE uses DMRS type 1.
                           ENUMERATED {type2}                                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
dmrs-AdditionalPositionPosition for additional DM-RS in DL, see Tables 7.4.1.1.2-3 and 7.4.1.1.2-4 in TS 38.211 [16]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the value pos2.See also clause 7.4.1.1.2 for additional constraints on how the network may set this field depending on the setting of other fields.
             ENUMERATED {pos0, pos1, pos3}                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
maxLengthThe maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS. len1 corresponds to value 1. len2 corresponds to value 2. If the field is absent, the UE applies value len1. If set to len2, the UE determines the actual number of DM-RS symbols by the associated DCI. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.2).
                           ENUMERATED {len2}                                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
scramblingID0DL DMRS scrambling initialization (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value physCellId configured for this serving cell.
                       INTEGER (0..65535)                                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
scramblingID1DL DMRS scrambling initialization (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value physCellId configured for this serving cell.
                       INTEGER (0..65535)                                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
phaseTrackingRSConfigures downlink PTRS. If the field is not configured, the UE assumes that downlink PTRS are absent. See TS 38.214 [19]clause 5.1.6.3.
                     SetupRelease { PTRS-DownlinkConfig  }                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-DMRS-DOWNLINKCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

DMRS-DownlinkConfig field descriptions
dmrs-AdditionalPosition
Position for additional DM-RS in DL, see Tables 7.4.1.1.2-3 and 7.4.1.1.2-4 in TS 38.211 [16]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the value pos2.See also clause 7.4.1.1.2 for additional constraints on how the network may set this field depending on the setting of other fields.
dmrs-Type
Selection of the DMRS type to be used for DL (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.1). If the field is absent, the UE uses DMRS type 1.
maxLength
The maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS. len1 corresponds to value 1. len2 corresponds to value 2. If the field is absent, the UE applies value len1. If set to len2, the UE determines the actual number of DM-RS symbols by the associated DCI. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.2).
phaseTrackingRS
Configures downlink PTRS. If the field is not configured, the UE assumes that downlink PTRS are absent. See TS 38.214 [19]clause 5.1.6.3.
scramblingID0
DL DMRS scrambling initialization (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value physCellId configured for this serving cell.
scramblingID1
DL DMRS scrambling initialization (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value physCellId configured for this serving cell.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DMRS-UPLINKCONFIG-START
DMRS-UplinkConfig ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    dmrs-Type                           ENUMERATED {type2}                                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    dmrs-AdditionalPosition             ENUMERATED {pos0, pos1, pos3}                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    phaseTrackingRS                     SetupRelease { PTRS-UplinkConfig }                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    maxLength                           ENUMERATED {len2}                                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    transformPrecodingDisabled       SEQUENCE { 
        scramblingID0                    INTEGER (0..65535)       OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
        scramblingID1                  INTEGER (0..65535)      OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
        ... 
    }                                                                                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    transformPrecodingEnabled        SEQUENCE { 
        nPUSCH-Identity               INTEGER(0..1007)                                         OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
        sequenceGroupHopping        ENUMERATED {disabled}                                        OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
        sequenceHopping             ENUMERATED {enabled}                                         OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
        ... 
    }                                                                                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-DMRS-UPLINKCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DOWNLINKCONFIGCOMMON-START
DownlinkConfigCommon ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
frequencyInfoDLBasic parameters of a downlink carrier and transmission thereon.
                 FrequencyInfoDL                                 OPTIONAL,   -- Cond InterFreqHOAndServCellAdd
    
initialDownlinkBWPThe initial downlink BWP configuration for a serving cell.The network configures the locationAndBandwidth so that the initial downlink BWP contains the entire CORESET#0 of this serving cell in the frequency domain.
              BWP-DownlinkCommon                              OPTIONAL,   -- Cond ServCellAdd
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-DOWNLINKCONFIGCOMMON-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

DMRS-UplinkConfig field descriptions
dmrs-AdditionalPosition
Position for additional DM-RS in UL (see TS 38.211 [16], clause6.4.1.1.3). If the field is absent, the UE applies the value pos2. See also clause 6.4.1.1.3 for additional constraints on how the network may set this field depending on the setting of other fields.
dmrs-Type
Selection of the DMRS type to be used for UL (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.3) If the field is absent, the UE uses DMRS type 1.
maxLength
The maximum number of OFDM symbols for UL front loaded DMRS. len1 corresponds to value 1. len2 corresponds to value 2. If the field is absent, the UE applies value len1. If set to len2, the UE determines the actual number of DM-RS symbols by the associated DCI. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.3).
nPUSCH-Identity
Parameter: N_ID^(PUSCH) for DFT-s-OFDM DMRS. If the value is absent or released, the UE uses the value Physical cell ID (physCellId). See TS 38.211 [16].
phaseTrackingRS
Configures uplink PTRS (see TS 38.211 [16]).
scramblingID0
UL DMRS scrambling initialization for CP-OFDM (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.1.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value Physical cell ID (physCellId).
scramblingID1
UL DMRS scrambling initialization for CP-OFDM. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.1.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value Physical cell ID (physCellId).
sequenceGroupHopping
For DMRS transmission with transform precoder the NW may configure group hopping by the cell-specific parameter groupHoppingEnabledTransformPrecoding in PUSCH-ConfigCommon. In this case, the NW may include this UE specific field to disable group hopping for PUSCH transmission except for Msg3, i.e., to override the configuration in PUSCH-ConfigCommon (see TS 38.211 [16]). If the field is absent, the UE uses the same hopping mode as for Msg3.
sequenceHopping
Determines if sequence hopping is enabled for DMRS transmission with transform precoderfor PUSCH transmission other than Msg3 (sequence hopping is always disabled for Msg3). If the field is absent, the UE uses the same hopping mode as for msg3. The network does not configure simultaneous group hopping and sequence hopping. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.1.2.
transformPrecodingDisabled
DMRS related parameters for Cyclic Prefix OFDM.
transformPrecodingEnabled
DMRS related parameters for DFT-s-OFDM (Transform Precoding).


DownlinkConfigCommon field descriptions
frequencyInfoDL
Basic parameters of a downlink carrier and transmission thereon.
initialDownlinkBWP
The initial downlink BWP configuration for a serving cell.The network configures the locationAndBandwidth so that the initial downlink BWP contains the entire CORESET#0 of this serving cell in the frequency domain.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
InterFreqHOAndServCellAdd
This field is mandatory present for inter-frequency handover, and upon serving cell (PSCell/SCell) addition. Otherwise, the field is optionally present, Need M.
ServCellAdd
This field is mandatory present upon serving cell addition (for PSCell and SCell) and upon handover from E-UTRA to NR. It is optionally present, Need M otherwise.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DOWNLINKCONFIGCOMMONSIB-START
DownlinkConfigCommonSIB ::=     SEQUENCE { 
    frequencyInfoDL                 FrequencyInfoDL-SIB, 
    
initialDownlinkBWPThe initial downlink BWP configuration for a PCell. The network configures the locationAndBandwidth so that the initial downlink BWP contains the entire CORESET#0 of this serving cell in the frequency domain. The UE applies thelocationAndBandwidthupon reception of this field (e.g. to determine the frequency position of signals described in relation to this locationAndBandwidth) but it keeps CORESET#0 untilafter reception of RRCSetup/RRCResume/RRCReestablishment.
              BWP-DownlinkCommon, 
    
bcch-ConfigThe modification period related configuration.
                         BCCH-Config, 
    
pcch-ConfigThe paging related configuration.
                         PCCH-Config, 
    ... 
} 
BCCH-Config ::=                 SEQUENCE { 
 
modificationPeriodCoeffActual modification period, expressed in number of radio frames m = modificationPeriodCoeff * defaultPagingCycle,see clause 5.2.2.2.2.n2 corresponds to value 2,n4corresponds to value 4, and so on.
         ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n8, n16}, 
    ... 
} 
PCCH-Config ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    
defaultPagingCycleDefault paging cycle, used to derive 'T' in TS 38.304 [20]. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, valuerf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
                  PagingCycle, 
    
nAndPagingFrameOffsetUsed to derive the number of total paging frames in T (corresponding to parameter N in TS 38.304 [20]) and paging frame offset (corresponding to parameter PF_offset in TS 38.304 [20]). A value of oneSixteenthT corresponds to T / 16, a value of oneEighthT corresponds to T / 8, and so on.
If pagingSearchSpace is set to zero and if SS/PBCH block and CORESET multiplexing pattern is 2 or 3 (as specified in TS 38.213 [13]):
-for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 5 or 10ms, N can be set to one of {oneT, halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT}
-for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 20ms, N can be set to one of {halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT}
-for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 40ms, N can be set to one of {quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT}
-for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 80ms, N can be set to one of {oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT}
-for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 160ms, N can be set to oneSixteenthT
If pagingSearchSpace is set to zero and if SS/PBCH block and CORESET multiplexing pattern is 1 (as specified in TS 38.213 [13]), N can be set to one of {halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT}
If pagingSearchSpace is not set to zero, N can be configured to one of {oneT, halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT}
               CHOICE { 
        oneT                                NULL,
        halfT                               INTEGER (0..1), 
        quarterT                            INTEGER (0..3), 
        oneEighthT                          INTEGER (0..7), 
        oneSixteenthT                       INTEGER (0..15) 
    }, 
    
nsNumber of paging occasions per paging frame.
                                  ENUMERATED {four, two, one}, 
    
firstPDCCH-MonitoringOccasionOfPOPoints out the first PDCCH monitoring occasion for paging of each PO of the PF, see TS 38.304 [20].
   CHOICE { 
        sCS15KHZoneT                                                            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPO-perPF)) OF INTEGER (0..139), 
        sCS30KHZoneT-SCS15KHZhalfT                                              SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPO-perPF)) OF INTEGER (0..279), 
        sCS60KHZoneT-SCS30KHZhalfT-SCS15KHZquarterT                             SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPO-perPF)) OF INTEGER (0..559), 
        sCS120KHZoneT-SCS60KHZhalfT-SCS30KHZquarterT-SCS15KHZoneEighthT         SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPO-perPF)) OF INTEGER (0..1119), 
        sCS120KHZhalfT-SCS60KHZquarterT-SCS30KHZoneEighthT-SCS15KHZoneSixteenthT 
 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPO-perPF)) OF INTEGER (0..2239), 
        sCS120KHZquarterT-SCS60KHZoneEighthT-SCS30KHZoneSixteenthT              SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPO-perPF)) OF INTEGER (0..4479), 
        sCS120KHZoneEighthT-SCS60KHZoneSixteenthT                               SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPO-perPF)) OF INTEGER (0..8959), 
        sCS120KHZoneSixteenthT                                                  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPO-perPF)) OF INTEGER (0..17919) 
    }   OPTIONAL,           -- Need R
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-DOWNLINKCONFIGCOMMONSIB-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

DownlinkConfigCommonSIB field descriptions
frequencyInfoDL-SIB
Basic parameters of a downlink carrier and transmission thereon.
initialDownlinkBWP
The initial downlink BWP configuration for a PCell. The network configures the locationAndBandwidth so that the initial downlink BWP contains the entire CORESET#0 of this serving cell in the frequency domain. The UE applies thelocationAndBandwidthupon reception of this field (e.g. to determine the frequency position of signals described in relation to this locationAndBandwidth) but it keeps CORESET#0 untilafter reception of RRCSetup/RRCResume/RRCReestablishment.
bcch-Config
The modification period related configuration.
pcch-Config
The paging related configuration.


BCCH-Config field descriptions
modificationPeriodCoeff
Actual modification period, expressed in number of radio frames m = modificationPeriodCoeff * defaultPagingCycle,see clause 5.2.2.2.2.n2 corresponds to value 2,n4corresponds to value 4, and so on.


PCCH-Config field descriptions
defaultPagingCycle
Default paging cycle, used to derive 'T' in TS 38.304 [20]. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, valuerf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
firstPDCCH-MonitoringOccasionOfPO
Points out the first PDCCH monitoring occasion for paging of each PO of the PF, see TS 38.304 [20].
nAndPagingFrameOffset
Used to derive the number of total paging frames in T (corresponding to parameter N in TS 38.304 [20]) and paging frame offset (corresponding to parameter PF_offset in TS 38.304 [20]). A value of oneSixteenthT corresponds to T / 16, a value of oneEighthT corresponds to T / 8, and so on.
If pagingSearchSpace is set to zero and if SS/PBCH block and CORESET multiplexing pattern is 2 or 3 (as specified in TS 38.213 [13]):
-for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 5 or 10ms, N can be set to one of {oneT, halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT}
-for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 20ms, N can be set to one of {halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT}
-for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 40ms, N can be set to one of {quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT}
-for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 80ms, N can be set to one of {oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT}
-for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 160ms, N can be set to oneSixteenthT
If pagingSearchSpace is set to zero and if SS/PBCH block and CORESET multiplexing pattern is 1 (as specified in TS 38.213 [13]), N can be set to one of {halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT}
If pagingSearchSpace is not set to zero, N can be configured to one of {oneT, halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT}
ns
Number of paging occasions per paging frame.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DOWNLINKPREEMPTION-START
DownlinkPreemption ::=              SEQUENCE { 
    
int-RNTIRNTI used for indication pre-emption in DL (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 10).
                            RNTI-Value, 
    
timeFrequencySetSet selection for DL-preemption indication (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 11.2) The set determines how the UE interprets the DL preemption DCI payload.
                    ENUMERATED {set0, set1}, 
    
dci-PayloadSizeTotal length of the DCI payload scrambled with INT-RNTI (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 11.2).
                     INTEGER (0..maxINT-DCI-PayloadSize), 
    
int-ConfigurationPerServingCellIndicates (per serving cell) the position of the 14 bit INT values inside the DCI payload (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 11.2).
     SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF INT-ConfigurationPerServingCell, 
    ... 
} 
INT-ConfigurationPerServingCell ::= SEQUENCE { 
    servingCellId                       ServCellIndex, 
    
positionInDCIStarting position (in number of bit) of the 14 bit INT value applicable for this serving cell (servingCellId) within the DCI payload (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 11.2). Must be multiples of 14 (bit).
                       INTEGER (0..maxINT-DCI-PayloadSize-1) 
} 
 -- TAG-DOWNLINKPREEMPTION-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

DownlinkPreemption field descriptions
dci-PayloadSize
Total length of the DCI payload scrambled with INT-RNTI (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 11.2).
int-ConfigurationPerServingCell
Indicates (per serving cell) the position of the 14 bit INT values inside the DCI payload (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 11.2).
int-RNTI
RNTI used for indication pre-emption in DL (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 10).
timeFrequencySet
Set selection for DL-preemption indication (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 11.2) The set determines how the UE interprets the DL preemption DCI payload.


INT-ConfigurationPerServingCell field descriptions
positionInDCI
Starting position (in number of bit) of the 14 bit INT value applicable for this serving cell (servingCellId) within the DCI payload (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 11.2). Must be multiples of 14 (bit).

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DRB-IDENTITY-START
DRB-Identity ::=                    INTEGER (1..32) 
 -- TAG-DRB-IDENTITY-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-DRX-CONFIG-START
DRX-Config ::=                      SEQUENCE { 
    drx-onDurationTimer                 CHOICE { 
                                            subMilliSeconds INTEGER (1..31), 
                                            milliSeconds    ENUMERATED { 
                                                ms1, ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, 
                                                ms80, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms500, ms600, ms800, ms1000, ms1200, 
                                                ms1600, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 } 
                                            }, 
    drx-InactivityTimer                 ENUMERATED { 
                                            ms0, ms1, ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms80, 
                                            ms100, ms200, ms300, ms500, ms750, ms1280, ms1920, ms2560, spare9, spare8, 
                                            spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL                INTEGER (0..56), 
    drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL                INTEGER (0..56), 
    drx-RetransmissionTimerDL           ENUMERATED { 
                                            sl0, sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6, sl8, sl16, sl24, sl33, sl40, sl64, sl80, sl96, sl112, sl128, 
                                            sl160, sl320, spare15, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11, spare10, spare9, 
                                            spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    drx-RetransmissionTimerUL           ENUMERATED { 
                                            sl0, sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6, sl8, sl16, sl24, sl33, sl40, sl64, sl80, sl96, sl112, sl128, 
                                            sl160, sl320, spare15, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11, spare10, spare9, 
                                            spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 }, 
    drx-LongCycleStartOffset            CHOICE { 
        ms10                                INTEGER(0..9),
        ms20                                INTEGER(0..19),
        ms32                                INTEGER(0..31),
        ms40                                INTEGER(0..39),
        ms60                                INTEGER(0..59),
        ms64                                INTEGER(0..63),
        ms70                                INTEGER(0..69),
        ms80                                INTEGER(0..79),
        ms128                               INTEGER(0..127),
        ms160                               INTEGER(0..159),
        ms256                               INTEGER(0..255),
        ms320                               INTEGER(0..319),
        ms512                               INTEGER(0..511),
        ms640                               INTEGER(0..639),
        ms1024                              INTEGER(0..1023),
        ms1280                              INTEGER(0..1279),
        ms2048                              INTEGER(0..2047),
        ms2560                              INTEGER(0..2559),
        ms5120                              INTEGER(0..5119),
        ms10240                             INTEGER(0..10239)
    }, 
    shortDRX                            SEQUENCE { 
        drx-ShortCycle                      ENUMERATED  { 
                                                ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms7, ms8, ms10, ms14, ms16, ms20, ms30, ms32, 
                                                ms35, ms40, ms64, ms80, ms128, ms160, ms256, ms320, ms512, ms640, spare9, 
                                                spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 }, 
        drx-ShortCycleTimer                 INTEGER (1..16) 
    }                                                                                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    drx-SlotOffset                      INTEGER (0..31) 
} 
 -- TAG-DRX-CONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-FILTERCOEFFICIENT-START
FilterCoefficient ::=       ENUMERATED { fc0, fc1, fc2, fc3, fc4, fc5, fc6, fc7, fc8, fc9, fc11, fc13, fc15, fc17, fc19, spare1, ...} 
 -- TAG-FILTERCOEFFICIENT-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

DRX-Config field descriptions
drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL
Value in number of symbols of the BWP where the transport block was received.
drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL
Value in number of symbols of the BWP where the transport block was transmitted.
drx-InactivityTimer
Value in multiple integers of 1ms. ms0 corresponds to 0, ms1 corresponds to 1ms, ms2 corresponds to 2ms, and so on.
drx-LongCycleStartOffset
drx-LongCycle in ms and drx-StartOffset in multiples of 1ms. If drx-ShortCycle is configured, the value of drx-LongCycle shall be a multiple of the drx-ShortCycle value.
drx-onDurationTimer
Value in multiples of 1/32 ms (subMilliSeconds) or in ms (milliSecond). For the latter, valuems1 corresponds to 1ms, valuems2 corresponds to 2ms, and so on.
drx-RetransmissionTimerDL
Value in number of slot lengths of the BWP where the transport block was received. valuesl0 corresponds to 0 slots, sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, and so on.
drx-RetransmissionTimerUL
Value in number of slot lengths of the BWP where the transport block was transmitted. sl0 corresponds to 0 slots, sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, and so on.
drx-ShortCycleTimer
Value in multiples of drx-ShortCycle. A value of 1 corresponds to drx-ShortCycle, a value of 2 corresponds to 2 * drx-ShortCycle and so on.
drx-ShortCycle
Value in ms. ms1 corresponds to 1ms, ms2 corresponds to 2ms, and so on.
drx-SlotOffset
Value in 1/32 ms. Value 0 corresponds to 0ms, value 1 corresponds to 1/32ms, value 2 corresponds to 2/32ms, and so on.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-FREQBANDINDICATORNR-START
FreqBandIndicatorNR ::=             INTEGER (1..1024) 
 -- TAG-FREQBANDINDICATORNR-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-FREQUENCYINFODL-START
FrequencyInfoDL ::=                 SEQUENCE { 
    
absoluteFrequencySSBFrequency of the SSB to be used for this serving cell. SSB related parameters (e.g. SSB index) provided for a serving cell refer to this SSB frequency unless mentioned otherwise. The cell-defining SSB of the PCell is always on the sync raster. Frequencies are considered to be on the sync raster if they are also identifiable with a GSCN value (see TS 38.101-1 [15]). If the field is absent, the SSB related parameters should be absent, e.g. ssb-PositionsInBurst, ssb-periodicityServingCell and subcarrierSpacing in ServingCellConfigCommon IE. If the field is absent, the UE obtains timing reference from the SpCell. This is only supported in case the SCell is in the same frequency band as the SpCell.
                ARFCN-ValueNR                                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SpCellAdd
    
frequencyBandListList containing only one frequency band to which this carrier(s) belongs. Multiple values are not supported.
                   MultiFrequencyBandListNR, 
    
absoluteFrequencyPointAAbsolute frequency position of the reference resource block (Common RB 0). Its lowest subcarrier is also known as Point A (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.4.4.2). Note that the lower edge of the actual carrier is not defined by this field but rather in the scs-SpecificCarrierList.
             ARFCN-ValueNR, 
    
scs-SpecificCarrierListA set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A. The network configures a scs-SpecificCarrier at least for each numerology (SCS) that is used e.g. in a BWP (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3).
             SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCSs)) OF SCS-SpecificCarrier, 
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-FREQUENCYINFODL-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

FrequencyInfoDL field descriptions
absoluteFrequencyPointA
Absolute frequency position of the reference resource block (Common RB 0). Its lowest subcarrier is also known as Point A (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.4.4.2). Note that the lower edge of the actual carrier is not defined by this field but rather in the scs-SpecificCarrierList.
absoluteFrequencySSB
Frequency of the SSB to be used for this serving cell. SSB related parameters (e.g. SSB index) provided for a serving cell refer to this SSB frequency unless mentioned otherwise. The cell-defining SSB of the PCell is always on the sync raster. Frequencies are considered to be on the sync raster if they are also identifiable with a GSCN value (see TS 38.101-1 [15]). If the field is absent, the SSB related parameters should be absent, e.g. ssb-PositionsInBurst, ssb-periodicityServingCell and subcarrierSpacing in ServingCellConfigCommon IE. If the field is absent, the UE obtains timing reference from the SpCell. This is only supported in case the SCell is in the same frequency band as the SpCell.
frequencyBandList
List containing only one frequency band to which this carrier(s) belongs. Multiple values are not supported.
scs-SpecificCarrierList
A set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A. The network configures a scs-SpecificCarrier at least for each numerology (SCS) that is used e.g. in a BWP (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3).


Conditional Presence
Explanation
SpCellAdd
The field is mandatory present if this FrequencyInfoDL is for SpCell. Otherwise the field is optionally present, Need S.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-FREQUENCYINFODL-SIB-START
FrequencyInfoDL-SIB ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    
frequencyBandListList of one or multiple frequency bands to which this carrier(s) belongs. 
                   MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB, 
    
offsetToPointARepresents the offset to Point A as defined in TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.4.4.2.
                      INTEGER (0..2199), 
    
scs-SpecificCarrierListA set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3). The network configures this for all SCSs that are used in DL BWPsin this serving cell.
             SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCSs)) OF SCS-SpecificCarrier 
} 
 -- TAG-FREQUENCYINFODL-SIB-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

FrequencyInfoDL-SIB field descriptions
offsetToPointA
Represents the offset to Point A as defined in TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.4.4.2.
frequencyBandList
List of one or multiple frequency bands to which this carrier(s) belongs. 
scs-SpecificCarrierList
A set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3). The network configures this for all SCSs that are used in DL BWPsin this serving cell.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-FREQUENCYINFOUL-START
FrequencyInfoUL ::=                 SEQUENCE { 
    
frequencyBandListList containing only one frequency band to which this carrier(s) belongs. Multiple values are not supported.
                   MultiFrequencyBandListNR                                OPTIONAL,   -- Cond FDD-OrSUL
    
absoluteFrequencyPointAAbsolute frequency of the reference resource block (Common RB 0). Its lowest subcarrier is also known as Point A. Note that the lower edge of the actual carrier is not defined by this field but rather in the scs-SpecificCarrierList (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.4.4.2).
             ARFCN-ValueNR                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Cond FDD-OrSUL
    
scs-SpecificCarrierListA set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A. The network configures a scs-SpecificCarrier at least for each numerology (SCS) that is used e.g. in a BWP (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3).
             SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCSs)) OF SCS-SpecificCarrier, 
    
additionalSpectrumEmissionThe additional spectrum emission requirements to be applied by the UE on this uplink. If the field is absent, the UE uses value 0 for the additionalSpectrumEmission(see TS 38.101-1 [15], table 6.2.3.1-1A, and TS 38.101-2 [39], table 6.2.3.1-2).
          AdditionalSpectrumEmission                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
p-MaxMaximum transmit power allowed in this serving cell. The maximum transmit power that the UE may use on this serving cell may be additionally limited by p-NR-FR1 (configured for the cell group) and by p-UE-FR1 (configured total for all serving cells operating on FR1). If absent, the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15]in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell.In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39]. Value in dBm.
                               P-Max                                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
frequencyShift7p5khzEnable the NR UL transmission with a 7.5 kHz shift to the LTE raster. If the field is absent, the frequency shift is disabled.
                ENUMERATED {true}                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Cond FDD-TDD-OrSUL-Optional
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-FREQUENCYINFOUL-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

FrequencyInfoUL field descriptions
absoluteFrequencyPointA
Absolute frequency of the reference resource block (Common RB 0). Its lowest subcarrier is also known as Point A. Note that the lower edge of the actual carrier is not defined by this field but rather in the scs-SpecificCarrierList (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.4.4.2).
additionalSpectrumEmission
The additional spectrum emission requirements to be applied by the UE on this uplink. If the field is absent, the UE uses value 0 for the additionalSpectrumEmission(see TS 38.101-1 [15], table 6.2.3.1-1A, and TS 38.101-2 [39], table 6.2.3.1-2).
frequencyBandList
List containing only one frequency band to which this carrier(s) belongs. Multiple values are not supported.
frequencyShift7p5khz
Enable the NR UL transmission with a 7.5 kHz shift to the LTE raster. If the field is absent, the frequency shift is disabled.
p-Max
Maximum transmit power allowed in this serving cell. The maximum transmit power that the UE may use on this serving cell may be additionally limited by p-NR-FR1 (configured for the cell group) and by p-UE-FR1 (configured total for all serving cells operating on FR1). If absent, the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15]in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell.In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39]. Value in dBm.
scs-SpecificCarrierList
A set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A. The network configures a scs-SpecificCarrier at least for each numerology (SCS) that is used e.g. in a BWP (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3).


Conditional Presence
Explanation
FDD-OrSUL
The field is mandatory present if this FrequencyInfoUL is for the paired UL for a DL (defined in a FrequencyInfoDL) or if this FrequencyInfoUL is for a supplementary uplink (SUL). It is absent, Need R, otherwise (if this FrequencyInfoUL is for an unpaired UL (TDD).
FDD-TDD-OrSUL-Optional
The field is optionally present, Need R, if this FrequencyInfoUL is for the paired UL for a DL (defined in a FrequencyInfoDL), or if this FrequencyInfoUL is for an unpaired UL (TDD) in certain bands (as defined in clause 5.4.2.1 of TS 38.101-1 and in clause 5.4.2.1 of TS 38.104 [12]), or if this FrequencyInfoUL is for a supplementary uplink (SUL). It is absent, Need R, otherwise.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-FREQUENCYINFOUL-SIB-START
FrequencyInfoUL-SIB ::=                 SEQUENCE { 
    
frequencyBandListProvides the frequency band indicator and a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15], table 6.2.3.1-1, and TS 38.101-2 [39], table 6.2.3.1-2. The UE shall apply the first listed band which it supports in the frequencyBandList field. 
                   MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB                            OPTIONAL,   -- Cond FDD-OrSUL
    
absoluteFrequencyPointAAbsolute frequency of the reference resource block (Common RB 0). Its lowest subcarrier is also known as Point A. Note that the lower edge of the actual carrier is not defined by this field but rather in the scs-SpecificCarrierList (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.4.4.2).
             ARFCN-ValueNR                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Cond FDD-OrSUL
    
scs-SpecificCarrierListA set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3).The network configures this for all SCSs that are used in UL BWPs configured in this serving cell.
             SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCSs)) OF SCS-SpecificCarrier, 
    
p-MaxValue in dBm applicable for the cell. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15]in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39].
                               P-Max                                                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need S
    
frequencyShift7p5khzEnable the NR UL transmission with a 7.5 kHz shift to the LTE raster. If the field is absent, the frequency shift is disabled.
                ENUMERATED {true}                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Cond FDD-TDD-OrSUL-Optional
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-FREQUENCYINFOUL-SIB-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

FrequencyInfoUL-SIB field descriptions
absoluteFrequencyPointA
Absolute frequency of the reference resource block (Common RB 0). Its lowest subcarrier is also known as Point A. Note that the lower edge of the actual carrier is not defined by this field but rather in the scs-SpecificCarrierList (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.4.4.2).
frequencyBandList
Provides the frequency band indicator and a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15], table 6.2.3.1-1, and TS 38.101-2 [39], table 6.2.3.1-2. The UE shall apply the first listed band which it supports in the frequencyBandList field. 
frequencyShift7p5khz
Enable the NR UL transmission with a 7.5 kHz shift to the LTE raster. If the field is absent, the frequency shift is disabled.
p-Max
Value in dBm applicable for the cell. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15]in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39].
scs-SpecificCarrierList
A set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3).The network configures this for all SCSs that are used in UL BWPs configured in this serving cell.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
FDD-OrSUL
The field is mandatory present if this FrequencyInfoUL-SIB is for the paired UL for a DL (defined in a FrequencyInfoDL-SIB) or if this FrequencyInfoUL-SIB is for a supplementary uplink (SUL). It is absent otherwise (if this FrequencyInfoUL-SIB is for an unpaired UL (TDD).
FDD-TDD-OrSUL-Optional
The field is optionally present, Need R, if this FrequencyInfoUL-SIB is for the paired UL for a DL (defined in a FrequencyInfoDL-SIB), or if this FrequencyInfoUL-SIB is for an unpaired UL (TDD) in certain bands (as defined in clause 5.4.2.1 of TS 38.101-1 and in clause 5.4.2.1 of TS 38.104 [12]), or if this FrequencyInfoUL-SIB is for a supplementary uplink (SUL). It is absent otherwise.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-HYSTERESIS-START
Hysteresis ::=                      INTEGER (0..30) 
 -- TAG-HYSTERESIS-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-I-RNTI-VALUE-START
I-RNTI-Value ::=                        BIT STRING (SIZE(40)) 
 -- TAG-I-RNTI-VALUE-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-LOCATIONMEASUREMENTINFO-START
LocationMeasurementInfo ::=     CHOICE { 
 eutra-RSTD                  EUTRA-RSTD-InfoList, 
        ..., 
        eutra-FineTimingDetection NULL 
} 
EUTRA-RSTD-InfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxInterRAT-RSTD-Freq)) OF EUTRA-RSTD-Info 
EUTRA-RSTD-Info ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqThe EARFCN value of the carrier received from upper layers for which the UE needs to perform the inter-RAT RSTD measurements.
                 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
    
measPRS-OffsetIndicates the requested gap offset for performing RSTD measurements towards E-UTRA. It is the smallest subframe offset from the beginning of subframe 0 of SFN=0 of the serving cell of the requested gap for measuring PRS positioning occasions in the carrier frequency carrierFreq for which the UE needs to perform the inter-RAT RSTD measurements. The PRS positioning occasion information is received from upper layers. The value of measPRS-Offset is obtained by mapping the starting subframe of the PRS positioning occasion in the measured cell onto the corresponding subframe in the serving cell and is calculated as the serving cell's number of subframes from SFN=0 mod 40.
The UE shall take into account any additional time required by the UE to start PRS measurements on the other carrier when it does this mapping for determining the measPRS-Offset.
NOTE: Figure 6.2.2-1 in TS 36.331[10] illustrates the measPRS-Offset field.
              INTEGER (0..39), 
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-LOCATIONMEASUREMENTINFO-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

LocationMeasurementInfo field descriptions
carrierFreq
The EARFCN value of the carrier received from upper layers for which the UE needs to perform the inter-RAT RSTD measurements.
measPRS-Offset
Indicates the requested gap offset for performing RSTD measurements towards E-UTRA. It is the smallest subframe offset from the beginning of subframe 0 of SFN=0 of the serving cell of the requested gap for measuring PRS positioning occasions in the carrier frequency carrierFreq for which the UE needs to perform the inter-RAT RSTD measurements. The PRS positioning occasion information is received from upper layers. The value of measPRS-Offset is obtained by mapping the starting subframe of the PRS positioning occasion in the measured cell onto the corresponding subframe in the serving cell and is calculated as the serving cell's number of subframes from SFN=0 mod 40.
The UE shall take into account any additional time required by the UE to start PRS measurements on the other carrier when it does this mapping for determining the measPRS-Offset.
NOTE: Figure 6.2.2-1 in TS 36.331[10] illustrates the measPRS-Offset field.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-LOGICALCHANNELCONFIG-START
LogicalChannelConfig ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    ul-SpecificParameters               SEQUENCE { 
        
priorityLogical channel priority, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
                            INTEGER (1..16), 
        
prioritisedBitRateValue in kiloBytes/s. ValuekBps0 corresponds to 0 kiloBytes/s, valuekBps8 corresponds to 8 kiloBytes/s, valuekBps16 corresponds to 16 kiloBytes/s, and so on. For SRBs, the value can only be set to infinity.
                  ENUMERATED {kBps0, kBps8, kBps16, kBps32, kBps64, kBps128, kBps256, kBps512, 
                                            kBps1024, kBps2048, kBps4096, kBps8192, kBps16384, kBps32768, kBps65536, infinity}, 
        
bucketSizeDurationValue in ms. ms5 corresponds to 5ms, value ms10 corresponds to 10ms, and so on.
                  ENUMERATED {ms5, ms10, ms20, ms50, ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500, ms1000, 
                                                            spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3,spare2, spare1}, 
        
allowedServingCellsIf present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be mapped to the serving cells indicated in this list. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be mapped to any configured serving cell of this cell group. Corresponds to 'allowedServingCells' in TS 38.321 [3].
                 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells-1)) OF ServCellIndex 
 OPTIONAL,   -- PDCP-CADuplication
        
allowedSCS-ListIf present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be mapped to the indicated numerology. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be mapped to any configured numerology. Only the values 15/30/60 kHz (for FR1) and 60/120 kHz (for FR2) are applicable. Corresponds to 'allowedSCS-List' as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
                     SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCSs)) OF SubcarrierSpacing       OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        
maxPUSCH-DurationIf present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be transmitted using uplink grants that result in a PUSCH duration shorter than or equal to the duration indicated by this field. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be transmitted using an uplink grant resulting in any PUSCH duration. Corresponds to "maxPUSCH-Duration" in TS 38.321 [3]. The PUSCH duration is calculated based on the same length of all symbols, and the shortest length applies if the symbol lengths are different.
                   ENUMERATED {ms0p02, ms0p04, ms0p0625, ms0p125, ms0p25, ms0p5, spare2, spare1} 
 OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        
configuredGrantType1AllowedIf present, or if the capability lcp-Restriction as specified in TS 38.306 [26] is not supported, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be transmitted on a configured grant type 1. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel cannot be transmitted on a configured grant type 1. Corresponds to 'configuredGrantType1Allowed' in TS 38.321 [3].
         ENUMERATED {true}                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        
logicalChannelGroupID of the logical channel group, as specified in TS 38.321 [3], which the logical channel belongs to.
                 INTEGER (0..maxLCG-ID)                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        schedulingRequestID                 SchedulingRequestId                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
        
logicalChannelSR-MaskControls SR triggering when a configured uplink grant of type1 or type2 is configured. trueindicates that SR masking is configured for this logical channelas specified in TS 38.321 [3].
               BOOLEAN,
        
logicalChannelSR-DelayTimerAppliedIndicates whether to apply the delay timer for SR transmission for this logical channel. Set to falseif logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer is not included in BSR-Config.
  BOOLEAN,
        ..., 
        
bitRateQueryProhibitTimerThe timer is used for bit rate recommendation query in TS 38.321 [3], in seconds. Value s0 means 0s, s0dot4 means 0.4s and so on.
       ENUMERATED { s0, s0dot4, s0dot8, s1dot6, s3, s6, s12,s30}   OPTIONAL  -- Need R
    }                                                                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Cond UL
    ... 
} 
 -- TAG-LOGICALCHANNELCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

LogicalChannelConfig field descriptions
allowedSCS-List
If present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be mapped to the indicated numerology. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be mapped to any configured numerology. Only the values 15/30/60 kHz (for FR1) and 60/120 kHz (for FR2) are applicable. Corresponds to 'allowedSCS-List' as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
allowedServingCells
If present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be mapped to the serving cells indicated in this list. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be mapped to any configured serving cell of this cell group. Corresponds to 'allowedServingCells' in TS 38.321 [3].
bitRateQueryProhibitTimer
The timer is used for bit rate recommendation query in TS 38.321 [3], in seconds. Value s0 means 0s, s0dot4 means 0.4s and so on.
bucketSizeDuration
Value in ms. ms5 corresponds to 5ms, value ms10 corresponds to 10ms, and so on.
configuredGrantType1Allowed
If present, or if the capability lcp-Restriction as specified in TS 38.306 [26] is not supported, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be transmitted on a configured grant type 1. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel cannot be transmitted on a configured grant type 1. Corresponds to 'configuredGrantType1Allowed' in TS 38.321 [3].
logicalChannelGroup
ID of the logical channel group, as specified in TS 38.321 [3], which the logical channel belongs to.
logicalChannelSR-Mask
Controls SR triggering when a configured uplink grant of type1 or type2 is configured. trueindicates that SR masking is configured for this logical channelas specified in TS 38.321 [3].
logicalChannelSR-DelayTimerApplied
Indicates whether to apply the delay timer for SR transmission for this logical channel. Set to falseif logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer is not included in BSR-Config.
maxPUSCH-Duration
If present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be transmitted using uplink grants that result in a PUSCH duration shorter than or equal to the duration indicated by this field. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be transmitted using an uplink grant resulting in any PUSCH duration. Corresponds to "maxPUSCH-Duration" in TS 38.321 [3]. The PUSCH duration is calculated based on the same length of all symbols, and the shortest length applies if the symbol lengths are different.
priority
Logical channel priority, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
prioritisedBitRate
Value in kiloBytes/s. ValuekBps0 corresponds to 0 kiloBytes/s, valuekBps8 corresponds to 8 kiloBytes/s, valuekBps16 corresponds to 16 kiloBytes/s, and so on. For SRBs, the value can only be set to infinity.
schedulingRequestId
If present, it indicates the scheduling request configuration applicable for this logical channel, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].


Conditional Presence
Explanation
PDCP-CADuplication
The field is mandatory present if the DRB/SRB associated with this logical channelis configured with PDCP CA duplication in UL (i.e. the PDCP entity is associated with multiple RLC entities belonging to the same cell group). Otherwise the field is optionally present, need R.
UL
The field is mandatory present for a logical channel with uplink if it serves DRB. It is optionally present, Need R, for a logical channel with uplink if it serves an SRB. Otherwise it is absent.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-LOGICALCHANNELIDENTITY-START
LogicalChannelIdentity ::=          INTEGER (1..maxLC-ID) 
 -- TAG-LOGICALCHANNELIDENTITY-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-MAC-CELLGROUPCONFIG-START
MAC-CellGroupConfig ::=             SEQUENCE { 
    
drx-ConfigUsed to configure DRX as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
                          SetupRelease { DRX-Config }                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    schedulingRequestConfig             SchedulingRequestConfig                                         OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    bsr-Config                          BSR-Config                                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    tag-Config                          TAG-Config                                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    phr-Config                          SetupRelease { PHR-Config }                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
skipUplinkTxDynamicIf set to true, the UE skips UL transmissions as described in TS 38.321 [3].
                 BOOLEAN,
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
csi-MaskIf set to true, the UE limits CSI reports to the on-duration period of the DRX cycle, see TS 38.321 [3].
  BOOLEAN OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
dataInactivityTimerReleases the RRC connection upon data inactivity as specified in clause 5.3.8.5 and in TS 38.321 [3]. Value s1 corresponds to 1 second, values2 corresponds to 2 seconds, and so on.
                SetupRelease { DataInactivityTimer }                        OPTIONAL  -- Cond MCG-Only
    ]] 
} 
DataInactivityTimer ::=         ENUMERATED {s1, s2, s3, s5, s7, s10, s15, s20, s40, s50, s60, s80, s100, s120, s150, s180} 
 -- TAG-MAC-CELLGROUPCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

MAC-CellGroupConfig field descriptions
csi-Mask
If set to true, the UE limits CSI reports to the on-duration period of the DRX cycle, see TS 38.321 [3].
dataInactivityTimer
Releases the RRC connection upon data inactivity as specified in clause 5.3.8.5 and in TS 38.321 [3]. Value s1 corresponds to 1 second, values2 corresponds to 2 seconds, and so on.
drx-Config
Used to configure DRX as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
skipUplinkTxDynamic
If set to true, the UE skips UL transmissions as described in TS 38.321 [3].


Conditional Presence
Explanation
MCG-Only
This field is optionally present, Need M, for the MAC-CellGroupConfig of the MCG. It is absent otherwise.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-MEASCONFIG-START
MeasConfig ::=                      SEQUENCE { 
    
measObjectToRemoveListList of measurement objects to remove.
              MeasObjectToRemoveList                                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
measObjectToAddModListList of measurement objects to add and/or modify.
              MeasObjectToAddModList                                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
reportConfigToRemoveListList of measurement reporting configurations to remove.
            ReportConfigToRemoveList                                            OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
reportConfigToAddModListList of measurement reporting configurations to add and/or modify.
            ReportConfigToAddModList                                            OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
measIdToRemoveListList of measurement identities to remove.
                  MeasIdToRemoveList                                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
measIdToAddModListList of measurement identities to add and/or modify.
                  MeasIdToAddModList                                                  OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
s-MeasureConfigThreshold for NR SpCell RSRP measurement controlling when the UE is required to perform measurements on non-serving cells. Choice of ssb-RSRP corresponds to cell RSRP based on SS/PBCH block and choice of csi-RSRP corresponds to cell RSRP of CSI-RS. 
                     CHOICE { 
        ssb-RSRP                            RSRP-Range, 
        csi-RSRP                            RSRP-Range 
    }                                                                                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    quantityConfig                      QuantityConfig                                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
measGapConfigUsed to setup and release measurement gaps in NR.
                       MeasGapConfig                                                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
measGapSharingConfigSpecifies the measurement gap sharing schemeand controls setup/ release of measurement gap sharing.
                MeasGapSharingConfig  OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    ... 
} 
MeasObjectToRemoveList ::=              SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectId 
MeasIdToRemoveList ::=                  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasId 
ReportConfigToRemoveList ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigId 
 -- TAG-MEASCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

MeasConfig field descriptions
measGapConfig
Used to setup and release measurement gaps in NR.
measIdToAddModList
List of measurement identities to add and/or modify.
measIdToRemoveList
List of measurement identities to remove.
measObjectToAddModList
List of measurement objects to add and/or modify.
measObjectToRemoveList
List of measurement objects to remove.
reportConfigToAddModList
List of measurement reporting configurations to add and/or modify.
reportConfigToRemoveList
List of measurement reporting configurations to remove.
s-MeasureConfig
Threshold for NR SpCell RSRP measurement controlling when the UE is required to perform measurements on non-serving cells. Choice of ssb-RSRP corresponds to cell RSRP based on SS/PBCH block and choice of csi-RSRP corresponds to cell RSRP of CSI-RS. 
measGapSharingConfig
Specifies the measurement gap sharing schemeand controls setup/ release of measurement gap sharing.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-MEASGAPCONFIG-START
MeasGapConfig ::=                   SEQUENCE { 
    
gapFR2Indicates measurement gap configuration applies to FR2 only. In (NG)EN-DC or NE-DC, gapFR2 can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure FR2 gap). In NR-DC, gapFR2 can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. gapFR2 cannot be configured together with gapUE. The applicability of the FR2 measurement gap is according to Table 9.1.2-2 and Table 9.1.2-3 in TS 38.133 [14].
                              SetupRelease { GapConfig }                                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
gapFR1Indicates measurement gap configuration that applies to FR1 only. In (NG)EN-DC, gapFR1 cannot be set up by NR RRC (i.e. only LTE RRC can configure FR1 measurement gap). In NE-DC, gapFR1 can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure FR1 gap). In NR-DC, gapFR1 can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. gapFR1 can not be configured together with gapUE. The applicability of the FR1 measurement gap is according to Table 9.1.2-2 and Table 9.1.2-3 in TS 38.133 [14].
                           SetupRelease { GapConfig }               OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
gapUEIndicates measurement gap configuration that applies to all frequencies (FR1 and FR2). In (NG)EN-DC, gapUE cannot be set up by NR RRC (i.e. only LTE RRC can configure per UE measurement gap). In NE-DC, gapUE can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure per UE gap). In NR-DC, gapUE can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. If gapUE is configured, then neither gapFR1 nor gapFR2 can be configured. The applicability of the per UE measurement gap is according to Table 9.1.2-2 and Table 9.1.2-3 in TS 38.133 [14].
                            SetupRelease { GapConfig }                OPTIONAL  -- Need M
    ]] 
} 
GapConfig ::=                       SEQUENCE { 
    
gapOffsetValue gapOffset is the gap offset of the gap pattern with MGRP indicated in the field mgrp. The value range is from 0 to mgrp-1.
                           INTEGER (0..159), 
    
mglValue mgl is the measurement gap length in ms of the measurement gap. The measurement gap length is according to in Table 9.1.2-1 in TS 38.133 [14]. Value ms1dot5 corresponds to 1.5ms, ms3 corresponds to 3ms and so on.
                                 ENUMERATED {ms1dot5, ms3, ms3dot5, ms4, ms5dot5, ms6}, 
    
mgrpValue mgrp is measurement gap repetition period in (ms) of the measurement gap. The measurement gap repetition period is according to Table 9.1.2-1 in TS 38.133 [14].
                                ENUMERATED {ms20, ms40, ms80, ms160}, 
    
mgtaValue mgta is the measurement gap timing advance in ms. The applicability of the measurement gap timing advance is according to clause9.1.2 of TS 38.133 [14]. Value ms0 corresponds to 0 ms, ms0dot25 corresponds to 0.25ms and ms0dot5 corresponds to 0.5ms.For FR2, the network only configures 0 ms and 0.25ms. 
                                ENUMERATED {ms0, ms0dot25, ms0dot5}, 
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
refServCellIndicatorIndicates the serving cell whose SFN and subframe are used for gap calculation for this gap pattern. Value pCell corresponds to the PCell, pSCell corresponds to the PSCell, and mcg-FR2 corresponds to a serving cell on FR2 frequency in MCG.
             ENUMERATED {pCell, pSCell, mcg-FR2}                       OPTIONAL  -- Cond NEDCorNRDC
    ]] 
} 
 -- TAG-MEASGAPCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

MeasGapConfig field descriptions
gapFR1
Indicates measurement gap configuration that applies to FR1 only. In (NG)EN-DC, gapFR1 cannot be set up by NR RRC (i.e. only LTE RRC can configure FR1 measurement gap). In NE-DC, gapFR1 can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure FR1 gap). In NR-DC, gapFR1 can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. gapFR1 can not be configured together with gapUE. The applicability of the FR1 measurement gap is according to Table 9.1.2-2 and Table 9.1.2-3 in TS 38.133 [14].
gapFR2
Indicates measurement gap configuration applies to FR2 only. In (NG)EN-DC or NE-DC, gapFR2 can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure FR2 gap). In NR-DC, gapFR2 can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. gapFR2 cannot be configured together with gapUE. The applicability of the FR2 measurement gap is according to Table 9.1.2-2 and Table 9.1.2-3 in TS 38.133 [14].
gapUE
Indicates measurement gap configuration that applies to all frequencies (FR1 and FR2). In (NG)EN-DC, gapUE cannot be set up by NR RRC (i.e. only LTE RRC can configure per UE measurement gap). In NE-DC, gapUE can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure per UE gap). In NR-DC, gapUE can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. If gapUE is configured, then neither gapFR1 nor gapFR2 can be configured. The applicability of the per UE measurement gap is according to Table 9.1.2-2 and Table 9.1.2-3 in TS 38.133 [14].
gapOffset
Value gapOffset is the gap offset of the gap pattern with MGRP indicated in the field mgrp. The value range is from 0 to mgrp-1.
mgl
Value mgl is the measurement gap length in ms of the measurement gap. The measurement gap length is according to in Table 9.1.2-1 in TS 38.133 [14]. Value ms1dot5 corresponds to 1.5ms, ms3 corresponds to 3ms and so on.
mgrp
Value mgrp is measurement gap repetition period in (ms) of the measurement gap. The measurement gap repetition period is according to Table 9.1.2-1 in TS 38.133 [14].
mgta
Value mgta is the measurement gap timing advance in ms. The applicability of the measurement gap timing advance is according to clause9.1.2 of TS 38.133 [14]. Value ms0 corresponds to 0 ms, ms0dot25 corresponds to 0.25ms and ms0dot5 corresponds to 0.5ms.For FR2, the network only configures 0 ms and 0.25ms. 
refServCellIndicator
Indicates the serving cell whose SFN and subframe are used for gap calculation for this gap pattern. Value pCell corresponds to the PCell, pSCell corresponds to the PSCell, and mcg-FR2 corresponds to a serving cell on FR2 frequency in MCG.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
NEDCorNRDC
This field is mandatory present when configuring and reconfiguring gap pattern to UE in NE-DC or NR-DC. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-MEASGAPSHARINGCONFIG-START
MeasGapSharingConfig ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
gapSharingFR2Indicates the measurement gap sharing scheme that applies to the gap set for FR2 only. In (NG)EN-DC or NE-DC, gapSharingFR2 can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure FR2 gap sharing). In NR-DC, gapSharingFR2 can only be set up by MCG in the measConfig associated with MCG. gapSharingFR2 cannot be configured together with gapSharingUE. For applicability of the different gap sharing schemes, see TS 38.133 [14]. Value scheme00 corresponds to scheme "00", value scheme01 corresponds to scheme "01", and so on.
                   SetupRelease { MeasGapSharingScheme }       OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
gapSharingFR1Indicates the measurement gap sharing scheme that applies to the gap set for FR1 only. In (NG)EN-DC, gapSharingFR1 cannot be set up by NR RRC (i.e. only LTE RRC can configure FR1 gap sharing). In NE-DC, gapSharingFR1 can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure FR1 gap sharing). In NR-DC, gapSharingFR1 can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. gapSharingFR1 can not be configured together with gapSharingUE. For the applicability of the different gap sharing schemes, see TS 38.133 [14]. Value scheme00 corresponds to scheme "00", value scheme01 corresponds to scheme "01", and so on.
                   SetupRelease { MeasGapSharingScheme }       OPTIONAL,   --Need M
    
gapSharingUEIndicates the measurement gap sharing scheme that applies to the gap set per UE. In (NG)EN-DC, gapSharingUE cannot be set up by NR RRC (i.e. only LTE RRC can configure per UE gap sharing). In NE-DC, gapSharingUE can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure per UE gap sharing). In NR-DC, gapSharingUE can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. If gapSharingUE is configured, then neither gapSharingFR1 nor gapSharingFR2 can be configured. For the applicability of the different gap sharing schemes, see TS 38.133 [14]. Value scheme00 corresponds to scheme "00", value scheme01 corresponds to scheme "01", and so on.
                    SetupRelease { MeasGapSharingScheme }       OPTIONAL  --Need M
    ]] 
} 
MeasGapSharingScheme::=         ENUMERATED {scheme00, scheme01, scheme10, scheme11} 
 -- TAG-MEASGAPSHARINGCONFIG-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

MeasGapSharingConfig field descriptions
gapSharingFR1
Indicates the measurement gap sharing scheme that applies to the gap set for FR1 only. In (NG)EN-DC, gapSharingFR1 cannot be set up by NR RRC (i.e. only LTE RRC can configure FR1 gap sharing). In NE-DC, gapSharingFR1 can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure FR1 gap sharing). In NR-DC, gapSharingFR1 can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. gapSharingFR1 can not be configured together with gapSharingUE. For the applicability of the different gap sharing schemes, see TS 38.133 [14]. Value scheme00 corresponds to scheme "00", value scheme01 corresponds to scheme "01", and so on.
gapSharingFR2
Indicates the measurement gap sharing scheme that applies to the gap set for FR2 only. In (NG)EN-DC or NE-DC, gapSharingFR2 can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure FR2 gap sharing). In NR-DC, gapSharingFR2 can only be set up by MCG in the measConfig associated with MCG. gapSharingFR2 cannot be configured together with gapSharingUE. For applicability of the different gap sharing schemes, see TS 38.133 [14]. Value scheme00 corresponds to scheme "00", value scheme01 corresponds to scheme "01", and so on.
gapSharingUE
Indicates the measurement gap sharing scheme that applies to the gap set per UE. In (NG)EN-DC, gapSharingUE cannot be set up by NR RRC (i.e. only LTE RRC can configure per UE gap sharing). In NE-DC, gapSharingUE can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure per UE gap sharing). In NR-DC, gapSharingUE can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. If gapSharingUE is configured, then neither gapSharingFR1 nor gapSharingFR2 can be configured. For the applicability of the different gap sharing schemes, see TS 38.133 [14]. Value scheme00 corresponds to scheme "00", value scheme01 corresponds to scheme "01", and so on.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-MEASID-START
MeasId ::=                          INTEGER (1..maxNrofMeasId) 
 -- TAG-MEASID-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-MEASIDTOADDMODLIST-START
MeasIdToAddModList ::=              SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod 
MeasIdToAddMod ::=                  SEQUENCE { 
    measId                              MeasId, 
    measObjectId                        MeasObjectId, 
    reportConfigId                      ReportConfigId 
} 
 -- TAG-MEASIDTOADDMODLIST-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-MEASOBJECTEUTRA-START
MeasObjectEUTRA::=                          SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqIdentifies EUTRA carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid. Network does not configure more than one MeasObjectEUTRA for the same physical frequency, regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this.
                                 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
    
allowedMeasBandwidthThe maximum allowed measurement bandwidth on a carrier frequency as defined by the parameter Transmission Bandwidth Configuration "NRB" TS 36.104 [33].
                        EUTRA-AllowedMeasBandwidth, 
    
cellsToRemoveListEUTRANList of cells to remove from the cell list.
                     EUTRA-CellIndexList       OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
cellsToAddModListEUTRANList of cells to add/ modify in the cell list.
                     SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasEUTRA)) OF EUTRA-Cell     OPTIONAL,    -- Need N
    
blackCellsToRemoveListEUTRANList of cells to remove from the black list of cells.
                EUTRA-CellIndexList              OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
blackCellsToAddModListEUTRANList of cells to add/ modify in the black list of cells.
                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasEUTRA)) OF EUTRA-BlackCell    OPTIONAL,    -- Need N
    
eutra-PresenceAntennaPort1When set to true, the UE may assume that at least two cell-specific antenna ports are used in all neighbouring cells.
                  EUTRA-PresenceAntennaPort1, 
    
eutra-Q-OffsetRangeUsed to indicate a cell, or frequency specific offset to be applied when evaluating triggering conditions for measurement reporting. The value is in dB. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, valuedB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
                         EUTRA-Q-OffsetRange    OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
widebandRSRQ-MeasIf set to true, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [40]. The network may set the field to trueif the measurement bandwidth indicated by allowedMeasBandwidth is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise the network sets this field to false.
                           BOOLEAN,
    ... 
} 
EUTRA-CellIndexList ::=                     SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasEUTRA)) OF EUTRA-CellIndex 
EUTRA-CellIndex ::=                         INTEGER (1..maxCellMeasEUTRA) 
EUTRA-Cell ::=                              SEQUENCE { 
    
cellIndexEUTRAEntry index in the cell list.
                              EUTRA-CellIndex, 
    physCellId                                  EUTRA-PhysCellId, 
    
cellIndividualOffsetCell individual offset applicable to a specific cell. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
                        EUTRA-Q-OffsetRange 
} 
EUTRA-BlackCell ::=                         SEQUENCE { 
    
cellIndexEUTRAEntry index in the cell list.
                              EUTRA-CellIndex, 
    physCellIdRange                          EUTRA-PhysCellIdRange 
} 
 -- TAG-MEASOBJECTEUTRA-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

EUTRAN-BlackCell field descriptions
cellIndexEUTRA
Entry index in the cell list.
physicalCellIdRange
Physical cell identity or a range of physical cell identities.


EUTRAN-Cell field descriptions
physicalCellId
Physical cell identity of a cell in the cell list.
cellIndividualOffset
Cell individual offset applicable to a specific cell. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.


MeasObjectEUTRA field descriptions
allowedMeasBandwidth
The maximum allowed measurement bandwidth on a carrier frequency as defined by the parameter Transmission Bandwidth Configuration "NRB" TS 36.104 [33].
blackCellsToAddModListEUTRAN
List of cells to add/ modify in the black list of cells.
blackCellsToRemoveListEUTRAN
List of cells to remove from the black list of cells.
carrierFreq
Identifies EUTRA carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid. Network does not configure more than one MeasObjectEUTRA for the same physical frequency, regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this.
cellsToAddModListEUTRAN
List of cells to add/ modify in the cell list.
cellsToRemoveListEUTRAN
List of cells to remove from the cell list.
eutra-PresenceAntennaPort1
When set to true, the UE may assume that at least two cell-specific antenna ports are used in all neighbouring cells.
eutra-Q-OffsetRange
Used to indicate a cell, or frequency specific offset to be applied when evaluating triggering conditions for measurement reporting. The value is in dB. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, valuedB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
widebandRSRQ-Meas
If set to true, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [40]. The network may set the field to trueif the measurement bandwidth indicated by allowedMeasBandwidth is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise the network sets this field to false.

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-MEASOBJECTID-START
MeasObjectId ::=                    INTEGER (1..maxNrofObjectId) 
 -- TAG-MEASOBJECTID-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

 -- ASN1START
 -- TAG-MEASOBJECTNR-START
MeasObjectNR ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    ssbFrequency                        ARFCN-ValueNR                                           OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SSBorAssociatedSSB
    
ssbSubcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing of SSB. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
                SubcarrierSpacing                                    OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SSBorAssociatedSSB
    
smtc1Primary measurement timing configuration. (see clause 5.5.2.10).
                               SSB-MTC                                                 OPTIONAL,   -- Cond SSBorAssociatedSSB
    
smtc2Secondary measurement timing configuration for SS corresponding to this MeasObjectNR with PCI listed in pci-List. For these SS, the periodicity is indicated by periodicity in smtc2 and the timing offset is equal to the offset indicated in periodicityAndOffset modulo periodicity. periodicity in smtc2 can only be set to a value strictly shorter than the periodicity indicated by periodicityAndOffset in smtc1 (e.g. if periodicityAndOffset indicates sf10, periodicity can only be set of sf5, if periodicityAndOffset indicates sf5, smtc2 cannot be configured).
                               SSB-MTC2                                                OPTIONAL,   -- Cond IntraFreqConnected
    
refFreqCSI-RSPoint A which is used for mapping of CSI-RS to physical resources according to TS 38.211 [16]clause 7.4.1.5.3.
                       ARFCN-ValueNR                          OPTIONAL, -- Cond CSI-RS
    
referenceSignalConfigRS configuration for SS/PBCH block and CSI-RS.
               ReferenceSignalConfig, 
    
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidationAbsolute threshold for the consolidation of measurement results per SS/PBCH block(s) from L1 filter(s). The field is used for the derivation of cell measurement results as described in 5.5.3.3and the reporting of beam measurement information per SS/PBCH block index as described in 5.5.5.2.
     ThresholdNR                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
absThreshCSI-RS-ConsolidationAbsolute threshold for the consolidation of measurement results per CSI-RS resource(s) from L1 filter(s). The field is used for the derivation of cell measurement results as described in 5.5.3.3 and the reporting of beam measurement information per CSI-RS resource as described in 5.5.5.2.
       ThresholdNR                                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
nrofSS-BlocksToAverageIndicates the maximum number of measurement results per beam based on SS/PBCH blocks to be averaged. The same value applies for each detected cell associated with this MeasObject.
              INTEGER (2..maxNrofSS-BlocksToAverage)                          OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    nrofCSI-RS-ResourcesToAverage       INTEGER (2..maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesToAverage)                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
quantityConfigIndexIndicates the n-th element of quantityConfigNR-List provided in MeasConfig.
                 INTEGER (1..maxNrofQuantityConfig), 
    
offsetMOOffset values applicable to all measured cells with reference signal(s) indicated in this MeasObjectNR.
                            Q-OffsetRangeList, 
    
cellsToRemoveListList of cells to remove from the cell list. 
                   PCI-List                                                        OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
cellsToAddModListList of cells to add/modify in the cell list.
                   CellsToAddModList                                               OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
blackCellsToRemoveListList of cells to remove from the black list of cells.
              PCI-RangeIndexList                                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
blackCellsToAddModListList of cells to add/modify in the black list of cells. It applies only to SSB resources.
              SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPCI-Ranges)) OF PCI-RangeElement      OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
whiteCellsToRemoveListList of cells to remove from the white list of cells.
              PCI-RangeIndexList                                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    
whiteCellsToAddModListList of cells to add/modify in the white list of cells.It applies only to SSB resources.
              SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPCI-Ranges)) OF PCI-RangeElement      OPTIONAL,   -- Need N
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
freqBandIndicatorNRThe frequency band in which the SSB and/or CSI-RS indicated in this MeasObjectNR are located and according to which the UE shall perform the RRM measurements. This field is always provided when the network configures measurements with this MeasObjectNR.
            FreqBandIndicatorNR                                      OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    
measCycleSCellThe parameter is used only when an SCell is configured on the frequency indicated by the measObjectNR and is in deactivated state, see TS 38.133 [14]. gNB configures the parameter whenever an SCell is configured on the frequency indicated by the measObjectNR, but the field may also be signalled when an SCell is not configured. Value sf160 corresponds to 160 sub-frames, valuesf256 corresponds to 256 sub-frames and so on.
                 ENUMERATED {sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640, sf1024, sf1280}  OPTIONAL   -- Need R
    ]] 
} 
ReferenceSignalConfig::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
ssb-ConfigMobilitySSB configuration for mobility (nominal SSBs, timing configuration).
                  SSB-ConfigMobility                       OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
csi-rs-ResourceConfigMobilityCSI-RS resources to be used for CSI-RS based RRM measurements.
       SetupRelease { CSI-RS-ResourceConfigMobility }                  OPTIONAL  -- Need M
} 
SSB-ConfigMobility::=               SEQUENCE { 
    
ssb-ToMeasureThe set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to SS/PBCH block index 0, the second bit corresponds to SS/PBCH block index 1, and so on. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding SS/PBCH block is not to be measured while value 1 indicates that the corresponding SS/PBCH block is to be measured (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is not configured the UE measures on all SS blocks. Regardless of the value of this field, SS/PBCH blocks outside of the applicable smtc are not to be measured. See TS 38.215 [9]clause 5.1.1.
                           SetupRelease { SSB-ToMeasure }                              OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    
deriveSSB-IndexFromCellIf this field is set to true, UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the same frequency carrier as specified in TS 38.133 [14]. Hence, if the UE is configured with a serving cell for which (absoluteFrequencySSB, subcarrierSpacing) in ServingCellConfigCommon is equal to (ssbFrequency, ssbSubcarrierSpacing) in this MeasObjectNR, this field indicates whether the UE can utilize the timing of this serving cell to derive the index of SS block transmitted by neighbour cell. Otherwise, this field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell on that target frequency to derive the SSB index of all neighbour cells on that frequency.
             BOOLEAN,
    ss-RSSI-Measurement                         SS-RSSI-Measurement                                     OPTIONAL,   -- Need M
    ... 
} 
Q-OffsetRangeList ::=               SEQUENCE { 
    rsrpOffsetSSB                       Q-OffsetRange               DEFAULT dB0, 
    rsrqOffsetSSB                       Q-OffsetRange               DEFAULT dB0, 
    sinrOffsetSSB                       Q-OffsetRange               DEFAULT dB0, 
    rsrpOffsetCSI-RS                    Q-OffsetRange               DEFAULT dB0, 
    rsrqOffsetCSI-RS                    Q-OffsetRange               DEFAULT dB0, 
    sinrOffsetCSI-RS                    Q-OffsetRange               DEFAULT dB0 
} 
ThresholdNR ::=                     SEQUENCE{ 
    thresholdRSRP                       RSRP-Range                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    thresholdRSRQ                       RSRQ-Range                   OPTIONAL,   -- Need R
    thresholdSINR                       SINR-Range                   OPTIONAL  -- Need R
} 
CellsToAddModList ::=               SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddMod 
CellsToAddMod ::=                   SEQUENCE { 
    
physCellIdPhysical cell identity of a cell in the cell list.
                          PhysCellId, 
    
cellIndividualOffsetCell individual offsets applicable to a specific cell.
                Q-OffsetRangeList 
} 
 -- TAG-MEASOBJECTNR-STOP
 -- ASN1STOP

CellsToAddMod field descriptions
cellIndividualOffset
Cell individual offsets applicable to a specific cell.
physCellId
Physical cell identity of a cell in the cell list.


MeasObjectNR field descriptions
absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation
Absolute threshold for the consolidation of measurement results per CSI-RS resource(s) from L1 filter(s). The field is used for the derivation of cell measurement results as described in 5.5.3.3 and the reporting of beam measurement information per CSI-RS resource as described in 5.5.5.2.
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation
Absolute threshold for the consolidation of measurement results per SS/PBCH block(s) from L1 filter(s). The field is used for the derivation of cell measurement results as described in 5.5.3.3and the reporting of beam measurement information per SS/PBCH block index as described in 5.5.5.2.
blackCellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/modify in the black list of cells. It applies only to SSB resources.
blackCellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the black list of cells.
cellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/modify in the cell list.
cellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the cell list. 
freqBandIndicatorNR
The frequency band in which the SSB and/or CSI-RS indicated in this MeasObjectNR are located and according to which the UE shall perform the RRM measurements. This field is always provided when the network configures measurements with this MeasObjectNR.
measCycleSCell
The parameter is used only when an SCell is configured on the frequency indicated by the measObjectNR and is in deactivated state, see TS 38.133 [14]. gNB configures the parameter whenever an SCell is configured on the frequency indicated by the measObjectNR, but the field may also be signalled when an SCell is not configured. Value sf160 corresponds to 160 sub-frames, valuesf256 corresponds to 256 sub-frames and so on.
nrofCSInrofCSI-RS-ResourcesToAverage
Indicates the maximum number of measurement results per beam based on CSI-RS resources to be averaged. The same value applies for each detected cell associated with this MeasObjectNR.
nrofSS-BlocksToAverage
Indicates the maximum number of measurement results per beam based on SS/PBCH blocks to be averaged. The same value applies for each detected cell associated with this MeasObject.
offsetMO
Offset values applicable to all measured cells with reference signal(s) indicated in this MeasObjectNR.
quantityConfigIndex
Indicates the n-th element of quantityConfigNR-List provided in MeasConfig.
referenceSignalConfig
RS configuration for SS/PBCH block and CSI-RS.
refFreqCSI-RS
Point A which is used for mapping of CSI-RS to physical resources according to TS 38.211 [16]clause 7.4.1.5.3.
smtc1
Primary measurement timing configuration. (see clause 5.5.2.10).
smtc2
Secondary measurement timing configuration for SS corresponding to this MeasObjectNR with PCI listed in pci-List. For these SS, the periodicity is indicated by periodicity in smtc2 and the timing offset is equal to the offset indicated in periodicityAndOffset modulo periodicity. periodicity in smtc2 can only be set to a value strictly shorter than the periodicity indicated by periodicityAndOffset in smtc1 (e.g. if periodicityAndOffset indicates sf10, periodicity can only be set of sf5, if periodicityAndOffset indicates sf5, smtc2 cannot be configured).
ssbFrequencyIndicates the frequency of the SS associated to this MeasObjectNR.
ssbSubcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing of SSB. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
whiteCellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/modify in the white list of cells.It applies only to SSB resources.
whiteCellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the white list of cells.


ReferenceSignalConfig field descriptions
csi-rs-ResourceConfigMobility
CSI-RS resources to be used for CSI-RS based RRM measurements.
ssb-ConfigMobility
SSB configuration for mobility (nominal SSBs, timing configuration).


SSB-ConfigMobility field descriptions
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
If this field is set to true, UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the same frequency carrier as specified in TS 38.133 [14]. Hence, if the UE is configured with a serving cell for which (absoluteFrequencySSB, subcarrierSpacing) in ServingCellConfigCommon is equal to (ssbFrequency, ssbSubcarrierSpacing) in this MeasObjectNR, this field indicates whether the UE can utilize the timing of this serving cell to derive the index of SS block transmitted by neighbour cell. Otherwise, this field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell on that target frequency to derive the SSB index of all neighbour cells on that frequency.
ssb-ToMeasure
The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to SS/PBCH block index 0, the second bit corresponds to SS/PBCH block index 1, and so on. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding SS/PBCH block is not to be measured while value 1 indicates that the corresponding SS/PBCH block is to be measured (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is not configured the UE measures on all SS blocks. Regardless of the value of this field, SS/PBCH blocks outside of the applicable smtc are not to be measured. See TS 38.215 [9]clause 5.1.1.


Conditional Presence
Explanation
CSI-RS
This field is mandatory present if csi-rs-ResourceConfigMobility is configured, otherwise, it is absent.
SSBorAssociatedSSB
This field is mandatory present if ssb-ConfigMobility is configured or associatedSSB is configured in at least one cell.Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.
IntraFreqConnected
This field is optionally present, Need R if the UE is configured with a serving cell for which (absoluteFrequencySSB, subcarrierSpacing) in ServingCellConfigCommon is equal to (ssbFrequency, ssbSubcarrierSpacing) in this MeasObjectNR, otherwise, it is absent.